IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS"

Transcription

1

2

3 INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Thnk you for purhsing this mhine. Before using this mhine, refully red the IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS, nd then study this mnul for the orret opertion of the vrious funtions. In ddition, fter you hve finished reding this mnul, store it where it n quikly e essed for future referene. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Plese red these sfety instrutions efore ttempting to use the mhine. DANGER - To redue the risk of eletril shok Alwys unplug the mhine from the eletril outlet immeditely fter using, when lening, mking ny user serviing djustments mentioned in this mnul, or if you re leving the mhine unttended. WARNING - To redue the risk of urns, fire, eletril shok, or injury to persons. 2 Alwys unplug the mhine from the eletril outlet when mking ny djustments mentioned in the instrution mnul. To unplug the mhine, swith the mhine to the symol O position to turn it off, then grsp the plug nd pull it out of the eletril outlet. Do not pull on the ord. Plug the mhine diretly into the eletril outlet. Do not use n extension ord. Alwys unplug your mhine if there is power filure. 3 Eletril Hzrds: This mhine should e onneted to n AC power soure within the rnge indited on the rting lel. Do not onnet it to DC power soure or onverter. If you re not sure wht kind of power soure you hve, ontt qulified eletriin. This mhine is pproved for use in the ountry of purhse only. 4 Never operte this mhine if it hs dmged ord or plug, if it is not working properly, hs een dropped or dmged, or wter is spilled on the unit. Return the mhine to the nerest uthorized By Lok retiler for exmintion, repir, eletril or mehnil djustment. While the mhine is stored or in use if you notie nything unusul, suh s n odor, het, disolortion or deformtion, stop using the mhine immeditely nd unplug the power ord. When trnsporting the mhine, e sure to rry it y its hndle. Lifting the mhine y ny other prt my dmge the mhine or result in the mhine flling, whih ould use injuries. When lifting the mhine, e reful not to mke ny sudden or reless movements, whih my use personl injury. i

4 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 5 Alwys keep your work re ler: Never operte the mhine with ny ir openings loked. Keep ventiltion openings of the mhine nd foot ontrol free from the uild up of lint, dust, nd loose loth. Do not store ojets on the foot ontroller. Do not use extension ords. Plug the mhine diretly into the eletril outlet. Never drop or insert foreign ojets in ny opening. Do not operte where erosol (spry) produts re eing used or where oxygen is eing dministered. Do not use the mhine ner het soure, suh s stove or iron; otherwise, the mhine, power ord or grment eing sewn my ignite, resulting in fire or n eletri shok. Do not ple this mhine on n unstle surfe, suh s n unstedy or slnted tle, otherwise the mhine my fll, resulting in injuries. 6 Speil re is required when sewing: Alwys py lose ttention to the needle. Do not use ent or dmged needles. Keep fingers wy from ll moving prts. Speil re is required round the mhine needle. Swith the mhine to the symol O position to turn it off when mking ny djustments in the needle re. Do not use dmged or inorret needle plte, s it ould use the needle to rek. Do not push or pull the fri when sewing, nd follow reful instrution when free motion stithing so tht you do not deflet the needle nd use it to rek. 7 This mhine is not toy: Your lose ttention is neessry when the mhine is used y or ner hildren. The plsti g tht this mhine ws supplied in should e kept out of the reh of hildren or disposed of. Never llow hildren to ply with the g due to the dnger of suffotion. Do not use outdoors. 8 For longer servie life: When storing this mhine, void diret sunlight nd high humidity lotions. Do not use or store the mhine ner spe heter, iron, hlogen lmp, or other hot ojets. Use only neutrl sops or detergents to len the se. Benzene, thinner, nd souring powders n dmge the se nd mhine, nd should never e used. Alwys onsult the Instrution nd Referene Guide when repling or instlling ny ssemlies, the presser feet, needle or other prts to ssure orret instlltion. 9 For repir or djustment: If the light unit is dmged, it must e repled y n uthorized By Lok retiler. In the event mlfuntion ours or djustment is required, first follow the trouleshooting tle in the k of the Instrution nd Referene Guide to inspet nd djust the mhine yourself. If the prolem persists, plese onsult your lol uthorized By Lok retiler. Use this mhine only for its intended use s desried in the mnul. Use essories reommended y the mnufturer s ontined in this mnul. The ontents of this mnul nd speifitions of this produt re sujet to hnge without notie. For dditionl produt informtion nd updtes, visit our wesite t ii

5 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS This mhine is intended for household use. FOR USERS IN COUNTRIES EXCEPT EUROPEAN COUNTRIES This ppline is not intended for use y persons (inluding hildren) with redued physil, sensory or mentl pilities, or lk of experiene nd knowledge, unless they hve een given supervision or instrution onerning use of the ppline y person responsile for their sfety. Children should e supervised to ensure tht they do not ply with the ppline. FOR USERS IN EUROPEAN COUNTRIES This ppline n e used y hildren ged from 8 yers nd ove nd persons with redued physil, sensory or mentl pilities or lk of experiene nd knowledge if they hve een given supervision or instrution onerning use of the ppline in sfe wy nd understnd the hzrds involved. Children shll not ply with the ppline. Clening nd user mintenne shll not e mde y hildren without supervision. IMPORTANT FOR USERS IN THE UK, EIRE, MALTA AND CYPRUS ONLY In the event of repling the plug fuse, use fuse pproved y ASTA to BS 362, i.e. rrying the mrk, rting s mrked on plug. Alwys reple the fuse over. Never use plugs with the fuse over omitted. If the ville eletril outlet is not suitle for the plug supplied with this equipment, you should ontt your uthorized By Lok retiler to otin the orret led. iii

6 TRADEMARKS TRADEMARKS IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE DOWNLOADING, COPYING, INSTALLING OR USING. By downloding, opying, instlling or using the softwre you gree to this liense. If you do not gree to this liense, do not downlod, instll, opy or use the softwre. Intel Liense Agreement For Open Soure Computer Vision Lirry Copyright 2000, Intel Corportion, ll rights reserved. Third prty opyrights re property of their respetive owners. Redistriution nd use in soure nd inry forms, with or without modifition, re permitted provided tht the following onditions re met: Redistriution s of soure ode must retin the ove opyright notie, this list of onditions nd the following dislimer. Redistriution s in inry form must reprodue the ove opyright notie, this list of onditions nd the following dislimer in the doumenttion nd/or other mterils provided with the distriution. The nme of Intel Corportion my not e used to endorse or promote produts derived from this softwre without speifi prior written permission. This softwre is provided y the opyright holders nd ontriutors s is nd ny express or implied wrrnties, inluding, ut not limited to, the implied wrrnties of merhntility nd fitness for prtiulr purpose re dislimed. In no event shll Intel or ontriutors e lile for ny diret, indiret, inidentl, speil, exemplry, or onsequentil dmges (inluding, ut not limited to, prourement of sustitute goods or servies; loss of use, dt, or profits; or usiness interruption) however used nd on ny theory of liility, whether in ontrt, strit liility, or tort (inluding negligene or otherwise) rising in ny wy out of the use of this softwre, even if dvised of the possiility of suh dmge. All informtion provided relted to future Intel produts nd plns is preliminry nd sujet to hnge t ny time, without notie. iv

7 WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH THIS MACHINE WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH THIS MACHINE B Bsi opertions After purhsing your mhine, e sure to red this setion first. This setion provides detils on the initil setup proedures s well s desriptions of this mhine s more useful funtions. Chpter GETTING READY Pge B-2 To lern the opertion of the prinipl prts nd the sreens Chpter 2 STARTING TO SEW Pge B-36 To lern how to prepre for sewing nd si sewing opertions Chpter 3 STARTING TO EMBROIDER Pge B-5 To lern how to prepre for emroidering nd si emroidering opertions S Sewing This setion desries proedures for using the vrious utility stithes s well s other funtions. It provides detils on si mhine sewing in ddition to the more expressive fetures of the mhine, suh s sewing tuulr piees nd uttonholes. Chpter SEWING ATTRACTIVE FINISHES Pge S-2 Tips for sewing ttrtive finishes nd vrious fris Chpter 2 UTILITY STITCHES Pge S-7 Sew pre-progrmmed frequently used stithes D Deortive sewing This setion provides instrutions on sewing hrter stithes nd deortive stithes s well s on djusting nd editing them. Chpter CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES Pge D-2 The vriety of stithes widen your retivity E Emroidering This setion provides instrution on editing emroidery ptterns nd relling stored emroidery ptterns. Chpter EMBROIDERY Pge E-2 Emroider rtistilly; y editing the uilt-in ptterns you n esily rete your own originl designs. A Appendix This setion provides importnt informtion for operting this mhine. Chpter MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING Pge A-2 The vrious mintenne nd trouleshooting proedures re desried. v

8 CONTENTS CONTENTS INTRODUCTION... i IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS... i TRADEMARKS... iv WHAT YOU CAN DO WITH THIS MACHINE... v B Bsi opertions Chpter GETTING READY 2 Nmes of Mhine Prts nd Their Funtions... 2 Mhine... 2 Needle nd presser foot setion... 3 Emroidery Unit... 4 Opertion uttons... 5 Opertion pnel nd opertion keys... 5 Using the flt ed tthment... 6 Inluded essories... 7 Optionl essories... 8 Turning the Mhine On/Off... 9 Turning on the mhine... 0 Turning off the mhine... 0 Selet mhine setting for the first time... 0 LCD Opertion... Viewing the LCD... Using the settings key... 3 Adjusting input sensitivity for opertion keys... 5 Sving settings sreen imge to USB flsh drive... 6 Cheking mhine operting proedures... 6 Winding/Instlling the Boin... 7 Winding the oin... 7 Instlling the oin Upper Threding Threding the upper thred Threding the needle Threding the needle mnully (without using the needle threder) Pulling up the oin thred Using the twin needle Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions Repling the Needle... 3 Cheking the needle... 3 Repling the needle... 3 Repling the Presser Foot Repling the presser foot Removing nd tthing the presser foot holder Chpter 2 STARTING TO SEW 36 Sewing Stith types Sewing stith Sewing reinforement stithes Automti reinforement stithing Setting the Stith... 4 Setting the stith width... 4 Setting the stith length... 4 Setting the L/R Shift Setting the thred tension Sving stith settings Useful Funtions Automtilly utting the thred Mirroring stithes Adjusting the presser foot pressure Hnds-free rising nd lifting of the presser foot Stith Setting Chrt Chpter 3 STARTING TO EMBROIDER 5 Emroidery Step y Step... 5 Atthing the Emroidery Foot Atthing the Emroidery Unit Emroidery Attrtive Finishes Prepring the Fri Atthing iron-on stilizers (king) to the fri Hooping the fri in the emroidery frme Emroidering smll fris or fri edges... 6 Atthing the Emroidery Frme Seleting Emroidery Ptterns Copyright informtion Emroidery pttern types Seleting n emroidery pttern Confirming the Pttern Position Cheking the pttern position Previewing the seleted pttern Emroidering Emroidering pttern Chnging the thred olor disply S Sewing Chpter SEWING ATTRACTIVE FINISHES 2 Sewing Tips... 2 Tril sewing... 2 Chnging the sewing diretion... 2 Sewing urves... 2 Sewing ylindril piees... 2 Sewing n even sem llowne... 3 Sewing Vrious Fris... 4 Sewing thik fris... 4 Sewing thin fris... 5 Sewing streth fris... 5 Sewing lethers or vinyl fris... 5 Sewing hook-nd-loop fstener tpe... 6 Chpter 2 UTILITY STITCHES 7 Bsi Stithing... 7 Bsting... 7 Bsi stithing... 7 Blind Hem Stithing... 9 Oversting Stithes... 2 Sewing oversting stithes using oversting foot G... 2 Sewing oversting stithes using zigzg foot J... 3 Sewing oversting stithes using the side utter (sold seprtely)... 3 Buttonhole Stithing/Button Sewing... 5 Buttonhole sewing... 5 Button sewing... 8 Zipper Insertion Inserting entered zipper Inserting side zipper... 2 Zipper/piping Insertion Inserting entered zipper Inserting piping Sewing Streth Fris nd Elsti Tpe Streth stithing Elsti tthing Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing Appliqué stithing vi

9 CONTENTS Pthwork (rzy quilt) stithing Pieing Quilting Free motion quilting... 3 Stin stithing using the sewing speed ontroller Reinforement Stithing Triple streth stithing Br tk stithing Drning Eyelet Stithing Atthing Pthes or Emlems to Shirt Sleeves Deortive Stithing Fgoting Sllop stithing Smoking Shell tuk stithing Joining Heirloom stithing D Deortive sewing Chpter CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES 2 Seleting Stith Ptterns... 2 Seleting deortive stith ptterns/stin stith ptterns/7 mm stin stith ptterns/ross stith/utility deortive stith ptterns... 2 Chrters... 2 Sewing Stith Ptterns... 4 Sewing ttrtive finishes... 4 Bsi sewing... 4 Mking djustments... 5 Editing Stith Ptterns... 7 Chnging the size... 8 Chnging the length (for 7 mm stin stith ptterns only)... 8 Creting horizontl mirror imge... 8 Sewing pttern ontinuously... 9 Chnging thred density (for stin stith ptterns only)... 9 Returning to the eginning of the pttern... 9 Cheking the imge... 0 Comining Stith Ptterns... Before omining... Comining vrious stith ptterns... Comining lrge nd smll stith ptterns... Comining horizontl mirror imge stith ptterns... 2 Comining stith ptterns of different length... 2 Mking step stith ptterns... 3 Using The Memory Funtion... 4 Stith dt preutions... 4 Sving stith ptterns in the mhine s memory... 4 Sving stith ptterns to USB flsh drive... 5 Retrieving stith ptterns from the mhine s memory... 6 Relling from USB flsh drive... 6 E Emroidering Chpter EMBROIDERY 2 Seleting Ptterns... 2 Seleting emroidery ptterns/by Lok Exlusives /florl lphet ptterns... 2 Seleting hrter ptterns... 2 Seleting frme ptterns... 4 Editing Ptterns... 5 Moving the pttern... 6 Chnging the size of the pttern... 6 Rotting the pttern... 7 Chnging the thred olor... 7 Creting horizontl mirror imge... 7 Chnging the density (lphet hrter nd frme ptterns only)... 8 Deleting the pttern... 8 Displying ptterns in the sreen mgnifition... 8 After editing... 8 Editing Chrter Ptterns... 9 Chnging the olors of lphet hrter ptterns... 9 Swithing etween text written vertilly nd horizontlly... 9 Chnging the font of entered hrters... 0 Chnging hrter sping... 0 Seprting omined hrter ptterns... 0 Editing single hrters... Chnging the onfigurtion of hrter ptterns... 2 Comining Ptterns... 3 Editing omined ptterns... 3 Emroidering omined ptterns... 4 Editing All Ptterns... 5 Moving the pttern... 5 Rotting the pttern... 5 Aligning the pttern nd the needle... 5 Emroidering linked hrters... 6 Emroidery Applitions... 8 Sewing emroidery ptterns whih use ppliqué... 8 Using frme pttern to mke n ppliqué () Using frme pttern to mke n ppliqué (2)... 2 Sewing split emroidery ptterns Adjustments During the Emroidery Proess If the oin runs out of thred If the thred reks during sewing Restrting from the eginning Resuming emroidery fter turning off the power Mking Emroidery Adjustments Adjusting thred tension Adjusting the oin se (with no olor on the srew) Using the utomti thred utting funtion (END COLOR TRIM) Adjusting the emroidery speed Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply Seleting/displying ptterns ording to the emroidery frme size Chnging the kground olors of the emroidery ptterns Speifying the size of pttern thumnils Using the Memory Funtion... 3 Emroidery dt preutions... 3 Sving emroidery ptterns in the mhine s memory Sving emroidery ptterns to USB flsh drive Retrieving ptterns from the mhine s memory Relling from USB flsh drive A Appendix Chpter MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 2 Cre nd Mintenne... 2 Restritions on oiling... 2 Preutions on storing the mhine... 2 Clening the LCD Sreen... 2 Clening the mhine surfe... 2 Clening the re... 2 Aout the mintenne messge... 3 Touh pnel is mlfuntioning... 4 Opertion eep... 4 Trouleshooting... 5 Frequent trouleshooting topis... 5 Upper thred tightened up... 5 Tngled thred on wrong side of fri... 6 vii

10 CONTENTS Inorret thred tension... 7 Fri is ught in the mhine nd nnot e removed... 8 If the thred eomes tngled under the oin winder set... List of symptoms... 3 Error messges... 9 Upgrding your mhine s softwre using USB flsh drive Index viii

11 Bsi opertions This setion provides detils on the initil setup proedures s well s desriptions of this mhine s more useful funtions. Pge numer strts with B in this setion. Chpter GETTING READY... B-2 Chpter2 STARTING TO SEW... B-36 Chpter3 STARTING TO EMBROIDER... B-5

12 Nmes of Mhine Prts nd Their Funtions Chpter GETTING READY Nmes of Mhine Prts nd Their Funtions The nmes of the vrious prts of the mhine nd their funtions re desried elow. Before using the mhine, refully red these desriptions to lern the nmes of the mhine nd their lotions. Mhine Front view n m l d e k f j g i h Top over Open the top over to ple the spool of thred on the spool pin. 2 Thred guide plte Pss the thred round the thred guide plte when threding the upper thred. 3 Boin winding thred guide nd pretension disk Pss the thred under this thred guide nd round the pretension disk when winding the oin thred. 4 Spool p Use the spool p to hold the spool of thred in ple. 5 Spool pin Ple spool of thred on the spool pin. 6 Boin winder Use the oin winder when winding the oin. 7 LCD (liquid rystl disply) Settings for the seleted stith nd error messges pper in the LCD. (pge B-) 8 Opertion pnel From the opertion pnel, stith settings n e seleted nd edited, nd opertions for using the mhine n e seleted. (pge B-5) 9 Knee lifter mounting slot Insert the knee lifter into the knee lifter mounting slot. 0 Knee lifter Use the knee lifter to rise nd lower the presser foot. (pge B- 45) A Opertion uttons nd sewing speed ontroller Use these uttons nd the slide to operte the mhine. (pge B-5) B Flt ed tthment Insert the presser foot essory try into the essory omprtment of the flt ed tthment. Remove the flt ed tthment when sewing ylindril piees suh s sleeve uffs. C Thred utter Pss the threds through the thred utter to ut them. D Needle threder lever Use the needle threder lever to thred the needle. B-2

13 Nmes of Mhine Prts nd Their Funtions Right-side/rer view Needle nd presser foot setion i B i j h g f Hndwheel Turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise) to rise nd lower the needle to sew one stith. 2 Hndle Crry the mhine y its hndle when trnsporting. 3 Presser foot lever Rise nd lower the presser foot lever to rise nd lower the presser foot. 4 Feed dog position swith Use the feed dog position swith to rise nd lower the feed dogs. (pge S-3) 5 Min power swith Use the min power swith to turn the mhine on nd off. 6 Power supply jk Insert the plug on the power ord into the power supply jk. 7 Foot ontroller Depress the foot ontroller to ontrol the speed of the mhine. (pge B-38) 8 Air vent The ir vent llows the ir surrounding the motor to irulte. Do not over the ir vent while the mhine is eing used. 9 Foot ontroller jk Insert the plug on the end of the foot ontroller le into the foot ontroller jk. 0 USB port (for USB flsh drive) In order to import ptterns from USB flsh drive, insert the USB flsh drive diretly into the USB port. e d h g f e Needle r thred guide Pss the upper thred through the needle r thred guide. 2 Needle plte The needle plte is mrked with guides for sewing stright sems. 3 Needle plte over Remove the needle plte over to len the oin se nd re. 4 Boin over/oin se Remove the oin over nd then insert the oin into the oin se. 5 Feed dogs The feed dogs feed the fri in the sewing diretion. 6 Presser foot The presser foot pplies pressure onsistently on the fri s the sewing tkes ple. Atth the pproprite presser foot for the seleted stith. 7 Presser foot holder The presser foot is tthed onto the presser foot holder. 8 Presser foot holder srew Use the presser foot holder srew to hold the presser foot in ple. (pge B-34, B-52) 9 Buttonhole lever Lower the uttonhole lever when sewing uttonholes nd r tks or when drning. d GETTING READY Bsi opertions B-3

14 Nmes of Mhine Prts nd Their Funtions Mesurements on the needle plte, oin over (with mrkings) nd needle plte over The mesurements on the oin over re referenes for ptterns with middle (enter) needle position. The mesurements on the needle plte nd the needle plte over re referenes for stithes with left needle position. Emroidery Unit d e d For stithes with middle (enter) needle position 2 For stithes with left needle position 3 Middle (enter) needle position <inh> 4 Middle (enter) needle position <m> 5 Middle (enter) needle position on the oin over (with mrkings) <inh> 6 Left needle position on the needle plte over <inh> f Frme-seuring lever Press the frme-seuring lever to the left to tth or remove the emroidery frme. (pge B-62) 2 Emroidery unit onnetor Insert the emroidery unit onnetor into the onnetion port when tthing the emroidery unit. (pge B-54) 3 Crrige The rrige moves the emroidery frme utomtilly when emroidering. (pge B-55) 4 Relese utton (loted under the emroidery unit) Press the relese utton to remove the emroidery unit. (pge B-56) CAUTION Before inserting or removing the emroidery unit, turn the min power to OFF. B-4

15 Nmes of Mhine Prts nd Their Funtions Opertion uttons Opertion pnel nd opertion keys d e B Strt/Stop utton Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt or stop sewing. The mhine stithes t slow speed t the eginning of sewing while the utton is pressed. When sewing is stopped, the needle is lowered in the fri. For detils, refer to STARTING TO SEW on pge B-36. The utton hnges olor ording to the mhine s opertion mode. Green: The mhine is redy to sew or is sewing. Red: The mhine n not sew. Ornge: The mhine is winding the oin thred, or the oin winder shft is moved to the right side. 2 Reverse stith utton For stright, zigzg, nd elsti zigzg stith ptterns tht use reverse stithes, the mhine will sew reverse stithes t low speed only while holding down the Reverse stith utton. The stithes re sewn in the opposite position. For other stithes, use this utton to sew reinforement stithes t the eginning nd end of sewing. Press nd hold this utton, nd the mhine sews 3 stithes in the sme spot nd stops utomtilly. (pge B-39) 3 Reinforement stith utton Use this utton to sew single stith repetedly nd tie-off. For hrter/deortive stithes, press this utton to end with full stith insted of t mid-point. The LED light eside this utton lights up while the mhine is sewing full motif, nd utomtilly turns off when the sewing is stopped. (pge B- 39) 4 Needle position utton Press the needle position utton to rise or lower the needle. Pressing the utton twie sews one stith. 5 Thred utter utton Press the thred utter utton fter sewing is stopped to ut oth the upper nd the oin threds. For detils, refer to step l under the Sewing stith on pge B Sewing speed ontroller Slide the sewing speed ontroller to djust the sewing speed. CAUTION Do not press (Thred utter utton) fter the threds hve lredy een ut, otherwise the needle my rek, the threds my eome tngled or dmge to the mhine my our. f i h g f LCD (liquid rystl disply) (touh pnel) Seleted pttern settings nd messges re displyed. Touh the keys displyed on the LCD to perform opertions. For detils, refer to LCD Opertion on pge B-. 2 Previous pge key Displys the previous sreen when there re items tht re not displyed on the LCD. 3 Next pge key Displys the next sreen when there re items tht re not displyed on the LCD. 4 Help key Press to get help on using the mhine. 5 Settings key Press to set the needle stop position, the uzzer sound, nd more. 6 Emroidery key Press this key to sew emroidery. 7 Utility stith key Press this key to selet utility stith or deortive stith. 8 Bk key Press to return to the previous sreen. 9 Presser foot/needle exhnge key Press this key efore hnging the needle, the presser foot, et. This key loks ll key nd utton funtions to prevent opertion of the mhine. e Note The opertion keys of this mhine re pitive touh sensors. Operte the keys y diretly touhing them with your finger. The response of the keys vries ording to the user. The pressure exerted on the keys does not ffet the response of the keys. Sine the opertion keys ret differently depending on the user, djust the setting for Adjusting input sensitivity for opertion keys on pge B-5. When using n eletrostti touh pen, mke sure tht its point is 8 mm or more. Do not use touh pen with thin point or unique shpe. d GETTING READY Bsi opertions B-5

16 Nmes of Mhine Prts nd Their Funtions Using the flt ed tthment Pull the top of the flt ed tthment to open the essory omprtment. A presser foot essory try is stored in the essory omprtment of the flt ed tthment. Storge spe of the flt ed tthment 2 Presser foot essory try 3 Emroidery foot Q B-6

17 Nmes of Mhine Prts nd Their Funtions Inluded essories After opening the rton, hek tht the following essories re inluded. Prt ode for eh item is listed under the prt nme J N G I R M B Zigzg foot J (on mhine) Monogrmming foot N Oversting foot G Zipper foot I Blind stith foot R Button fitting foot M XF XD XC X XE XE A Q P GETTING READY Buttonhole foot A Emroidery foot Q Quilting foot Open toe foot Non stik foot Stith guide foot P XC XD FA2 FA7 FA8 FA Adjustle zipper/piping foot FA9 Needle set Twin needle 75/ 2 needles, 90/4 2 2/ needle needles, 90/4 2 needles: Bll X point needle (gold olored) X Boin (4) (One is one mhine.) X Sem ripper XF Sissors XC807-2 Clening rush X Eyelet punh XZ Srewdriver (lrge) XC Srewdriver (smll) X Boin enter pin nd instrution sheet Dis-shped srewdriver XC XF Horizontl spool pin XC Spool p (lrge) Spool p (medium) (2) (One is on mhine) XE Spool p (smll) Thred spool insert (mini king thred spool) XA * * Spool net XA Knee lifter Stndrd oin se (green Alternte oin se Foot ontroller Emroidery frme set (multi-position (extr lrge)) XA mrking on the srew) (on mhine) XG (no olor on the srew) XG XZ m (H) 3 m (W) (2 inhes (H) 5 inhes (W)) EF85/EF90 36.* 37.* Emroidery frme set (lrge) 8 m (H) 3 m (W) (7 inhes (H) 5 inhes (W)) EF84/EF89 Emroidery oin thred (60 weight, white) BBT-W Aessory g XC Hrd se XG Boin over (with mrkings) (on mhine) XF Bsi opertions B-7

18 Nmes of Mhine Prts nd Their Funtions Power ord Instrution nd Referene Quik Referene Guide Emroidery Design Guide XC Guide XG XG XG * These essories re inluded in the sme ox s the emroidery unit. Note (For U.S.A. only) Foot ontroller: Model T This foot ontroller n e used on the mhine model: BLMCC The presser foot holder srew is ville through your uthorized By Lok retiler. (Prt ode: XG343-00) The presser foot essory try is ville, through your uthorized By Lok retiler. (Prt ode: XF ) Optionl essories The following re ville s optionl essories to e purhsed seprtely. Prt ode for eh item is listed under the prt nme O Free motion eho quilting foot E BLSR-FME Free motion quilting foot C BLSO-FMC Free motion open toe quilting foot O BLSR-FMO Wlking foot BLG-WF /4" quilting foot FA /4" quilting foot with guide ESG-QFG Quilting guide BLG-QG Side utter S BLG-SCF Emroidery frme set (medium) 0 m (H) 0 m (W) (4 inhes (H) 4 inhes (W)) EF83/EF88 Emroidery frme set (smll) 2 m (H) 6 m (W) ( inh (H) 2-/2 inhes (W)) EF82/EF87: Emroidery oin thred Stright stith foot nd (60 weight) needle plte set BBT-W (white) BLMAC-SS BBT-B (lk) Extension tle BLMCC-ET Roller foot ESG-RF Nrrow hemmer foot ESG-HF Cording foot (3 ord guide) BLG-CF3 Edge joining foot ESG-EJF Dul-funtion foot ontroller BLMAC-DFC Memo To otin optionl essories or prts, ontt your uthorized By Lok retiler. All speifitions re orret t the time of printing. Plese e wre tht some speifitions my hnge without notie. A vriety of feet re ville to enle different types of stithing nd finishes. Visit your nerest uthorized By Lok retiler for omplete listing of optionl essories ville for your mhine. Alwys use essories reommended for this mhine. B-8

19 Turning the Mhine On/Off Turning the Mhine On/Off WARNING Use only regulr household eletriity for the power soure. Using other power soures my result in fire, eletri shok, or dmge to the mhine. Mke sure tht the plugs on the power ord re firmly inserted into the eletril outlet nd the power ord reeptle on the mhine. Otherwise, fire or eletri shok my result. Do not insert the plug on the power ord into n eletril outlet tht is in poor ondition. Turn the min power to OFF nd remove the plug in the following irumstnes: When you re wy from the mhine After using the mhine When the power fils during use When the mhine does not operte orretly due to d onnetion or disonnetion During eletril storms B GETTING READY CAUTION Use only the power ord inluded with this mhine. Do not use extension ords or multi-plug dpters with ny other pplines plugged into them. Fire or eletri shok my result. Do not touh the plug with wet hnds. Eletri shok my result. When unplugging the mhine, lwys turn the min power to OFF first. Alwys grsp the plug to remove it from the eletril outlet. Pulling on the ord my dmge the ord, or led to fire or eletri shok. Do not llow the power ord to e ut, dmged, modified, forefully ent, pulled, twisted, or undled. Do not ple hevy ojets on the ord. Do not sujet the ord to het. These things my dmge the ord, or use fire or eletri shok. If the ord or plug is dmged, tke the mhine to your uthorized By Lok retiler for repirs efore ontinuing use. Unplug the power ord if the mhine is not to e used for long period of time. Otherwise, fire my result. When leving the mhine unttended, either the min swith of the mhine should e turned to OFF or the plug must e removed from the eletril outlet. When serviing the mhine or when removing overs, the mhine must e unplugged. (For U.S.A. only) This ppline hs polrized plug (one lde wider thn the other). To redue the risk of eletril shok, this plug is intended to fit in polrized eletril outlet only one wy. If the plug does not fit fully in the eletril outlet, reverse the plug. If it still does not fit, ontt qulified eletriin to instll the proper eletril outlet. Do not modify the plug in ny wy. Bsi opertions B-9

20 Turning the Mhine On/Off Turning on the mhine Mke sure tht the mhine is turned off (the min power swith is set to ), nd then plug the power ord into the power supply jk on the right side of the mhine. Insert the plug of the power ord into household eletril outlet. Turning off the mhine When you re finished using the mhine, turn it off. In ddition, efore trnsporting the mhine to nother lotion, e sure to turn it off. Mke sure tht the mhine is not sewing. Press the min power swith on the right side of the mhine in the diretion of the symol to turn the mhine off. 2 Selet mhine setting for the first time Power supply jk 2 Min power swith Press the right side of the min power swith on the right side of the mhine to turn the mhine on (set it to I ). When you first turn on the mhine, selet the lnguge of your hoie. Follow the proedure elow when the settings sreen ppers utomtilly. Press nd to selet your hoie of lnguge. The light, LCD nd the Strt/Stop utton light up when the mhine is turned on. Memo When the mhine is turned on, the needle nd the feed dogs will mke sound when they move; this is not mlfuntion. If the mhine is turned off in the middle of sewing in the Sewing funtion, the opertion will not e resume fter turning the power on gin. Press. d When the mhine is turned on, the opening movie is plyed. Press nywhere on the sreen. B-0

21 LCD Opertion LCD Opertion Viewing the LCD An opening movie my e displyed when the power is turned on. When the opening movie is displyed, the sreen will e displyed if you touh the LCD with your finger. Press key with your finger to selet the stith pttern, to selet mhine funtion, or to selet n opertion indited on the key. The sreen elow ppers when you press on the opertion pnel. This setion ontins desription of the utility stith sreen, whih ppers when ny of the keys indited y is pressed. Pressing ny of the keys indited y 2 displys the hrter/deortive stith sreen. For detils, refer to the Deortive sewing setion. B GETTING READY 2 Bsi opertions B-

22 LCD Opertion Utility stith sreen Utility stith editing sreen A F G H 2 E D C B E D C B No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Stithes Press the key for the pttern you wnt to sew. B-36 2 Pttern disply size Show the pproximte size of the pttern seleted. 00%: Nerly the sme size s the sewn pttern 50%: /2 the size of the sewn pttern 25%: /4 the size of the sewn pttern The tul size of the sewn pttern my differ depending on the type of fri nd thred tht is used. 3 Stith preview Shows preview of the seleted stith. Approximte size of the pttern seleted B-36 shows t the ottom of the stith preview. When shown t 00%, the stith ppers in the sreen t nerly its tul size. 4 Presser foot Shows presser foot to e used. B-33 5 Needle position setting Shows single or twin needle mode setting, nd the needle stop position. B-3 : Single needle/down position : Single needle/up position : Twin needle/down position : Twin needle/up position 6 Stith width Shows the stith width of the urrently seleted stith pttern. B-4 7 Stith length Shows the stith length of the urrently seleted stith pttern. B-4 8 L/R Shift Shows the tendeny of left/right of the enter line for the originl zigzg stith. B-42 9 Thred tension Shows the utomti thred tension setting for the urrently seleted stith pttern. B-42 0 Mnul djustment key Press this key to disply the following mnul djustment sreen. You n djust the vlue of eh item y pressing /. B-43 2 Press to sve stith settings to mhine memory (Width/Length/L/R Shift/ Tension). 2 Press to return the stith settings to defult. A Pge disply Shows dditionl pges tht n e displyed. B Edit/stith swithing key Press this key to toggle etween the edit sreen nd the stith sreen. B-2 C Imge key Shows preview of the sewn imge. D Automti thred utting Press this key to set the utomti thred utting funtion. B-44 key E Automti reverse/ Press this key to use the utomti reverse/reinforement stith funtion. B-39 reinforement key F Single/repet sewing key Press this key to hoose single pttern or ontinuous ptterns. Depending on the seleted stith, this key my e disled. G Bk to eginning key When sewing is stopped, press this key to return to the eginning of the pttern. For detils, refer to Returning to the eginning of the pttern in the Deortive sewing setion. H Mirror imge key After seleting the stith pttern, use this key to rete horizontl mirror imge of the stith pttern. B-44 B-2

23 LCD Opertion Using the settings key Press to hnge the defult mhine settings (needle stop position, emroidery speed, opening disply, et.). Press or, fter you hnged neessry settings. Sewing settings B Pge Pge GETTING READY 3 Selet whether to use the sewing speed ontroller to determine the zigzg width. For detils, refer to Stin stithing using the sewing speed ontroller in the Sewing setion. 2 Mke djustments to hrter or deortive stith ptterns. For detils, refer to Mking djustments in the Deortive sewing setion. 3 Set to ON when using twin needle. (pge B-27) 4 Adjust the presser foot pressure. (The higher the numer, the greter the pressure will e. Set the pressure t 3 for norml sewing.) (pge B-45) 5 Selet either -0 Stright stith (Left) or -03 Stright stith (Middle) s the utility stith tht is utomtilly seleted when the mhine is turned on. 6 When set ON, reinforement stithes re sewn t the eginning nd/or end of sewing for reinforement stith pttern, even when the reverse utton is pressed. Emroidery settings Pge 3 Pge 4 Pge A B C D E F 9 G 7 Selet the emroidery frme to e used. For detils, refer to Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply in the Emroidering setion. 8 Selet the enter mrk nd grid lines tht re displyed. For detils, refer to Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply in the Emroidering setion. 9 When set to ON, the emroidery pttern n e seleted ording to the emroidery frme size tht you hve seleted in numer 7. For detils, refer to Seleting/displying ptterns ording to the emroidery frme size in the Emroidering setion. 0 Chnge the thred olor disply on the Emroidery sreen; thred numer, olor nme. (pge B-67). A When the thred numer #23 is seleted, selet from six thred rnds. (pge B-67). B Adjust the mximum emroidery speed setting. For detils, refer to Adjusting the emroidery speed in the Emroidering setion. C Chnge the disply units (mm/inh). D Adjust the upper thred tension for emroidering. For detils, refer to Adjusting thred tension in the Emroidering setion. E Press to speify the size of pttern thumnils. For detils, refer to Speifying the size of pttern thumnils in the Emroidering setion. F Chnge the olor of the kground for the emroidery disply re. For detils, refer to Chnging the kground olors of the emroidery ptterns in the Emroidering setion. G Chnge the olor of the kground for the thumnil re. For detils, refer to Chnging the kground olors of the emroidery ptterns in the Emroidering setion. Bsi opertions B-3

24 LCD Opertion Generl settings Pge 6 Pge 7 Pge 8 H I J K L M N O P H I J K L M N O P Selet the needle stop position (the needle position for when the mhine is not eing operted) to e up or down. Selet whether to her the eep opertion sound. For detils, refer to Opertion eep in the Appendix setion. Selet whether to disply the opening sreen when the mhine is turned on. Selet the disply lnguge. (pge B-5) Selet whether to turn on the light for the needle re nd work re. Selet the level of the input sensitivity for opertion keys. (pge B-5) Disply the totl numer of stithes sewn on this mhine, whih is reminder to tke your mhine in for regulr serviing. (Contt your uthorized By Lok retiler for detils.) The No. is the internl mhine numer for your mhine. Disply the progrm version of the LCD pnel. Memo The ltest version of softwre is instlled in your mhine. Chek with your lol uthorized By Lok retiler or t for ville updtes. For detils, refer to Upgrding your mhine s softwre using USB flsh drive in the Appendix setion. Press to sve the urrent settings sreen imge to USB flsh drive. (pge B-6) B-4

25 LCD Opertion Choosing the disply lnguge Press. Disply pge 6. Use nd to hoose the disply lnguge. Adjust the Input Sensitivity y pressing /. d The higher the setting, the more sensitive the keys will e. The defult setting is 3. B GETTING READY Disply lnguge Press d to return to the originl sreen. Adjusting input sensitivity for opertion keys You n djust the sensitivity of the opertion keys to five levels. Disply the settings sreen to set desired level. Note We reommend seleting the highest setting if n eletrostti touh pen is eing used. While djusting the input sensitivity, press to hek the sensitivity. When the key responds, the setting vlue inditing the sensitivity links. Press e to return to previous sreen. Opertion keys Press to disply the settings sreen. Disply pge 7 y pressing /. Press Strt. The djusting sreen is displyed. If the mhine does not respond when n opertion key is pressed Turn mhine off, then hold down (Thred utter utton) nd turn on the mhine to reset the settings. Disply the settings sreen, nd then djust the settings gin. Bsi opertions B-5

26 LCD Opertion Sving settings sreen imge to USB flsh drive An imge of the settings sreen n e sved s BMP file. Insert the USB flsh drive into the USB port on the right side of the mhine. Press the item to e displyed. d USB port 2 USB flsh drive Press. The settings sreen ppers. Selet the settings sreen pge, mke the hnges tht you wnt, nd then sve the sreen imge. Press. The imge file will e sved to the USB flsh drive. d Remove the USB flsh drive, nd then for future referene, hek the sved imge using omputer. The files for settings sreen imges re sved with the nme S######.mp in folder leled Poket. Upper threding 2 Boin winding 3 Boin instlltion 4 Needle replement 5 Emroidery unit tthment 6 Emroidery frme tthment 7 Emroidery foot tthment 8 Presser foot replement The first sreen desriing the proedure for the seleted topi ppers. Pressing sreen., returns you to the item seletion Press to swith to the next pge. e If you press, you return to the previous pge. After you hve finished viewing, press f two times. Cheking mhine operting proedures Turn on the mhine. The LCD omes on. Press nywhere on the LCD sreen. Press on the opertion pnel. The mhine help sreen ppers. B-6

27 Winding/Instlling the Boin Winding/Instlling the Boin CAUTION Only use the Boin (prt ode: X ) designed speifilly for this mhine. Use of ny other oin my result in injuries or dmge to the mhine. The inluded oin ws designed speifilly for this mhine. If oins from other models re used, the mhine will not operte orretly. Use only the inluded oin or oins of the sme type (X ). X is Clss5 type oin. Open the top over. Ple the oin on the oin winder shft so tht the spring on the shft fits into the noth in the oin. Press down on the oin until it snps into ple. 2 B GETTING READY Noth 2 Boin winder shft spring Slide the oin winder in the diretion of the rrow until it snps into ple. * Mde of plsti This model 2 Other models 3.5 mm (pprox. 7/6 inh) Memo When the foot ontroller is onneted, oin winding n e strted nd stopped with the foot ontroller. d The Strt/Stop utton lights up in ornge. Remove the spool p tht is inserted onto the spool pin. Winding the oin This setion desries how to wind thred onto oin. e Spool pin 2 Spool p 2 Ple the spool of thred for the oin onto the spool pin. Slide the spool onto the pin so tht the spool is horizontl nd the thred unwinds to the front t the ottom. Memo When winding oin for emroidery e sure to use the reommended oin thred for this mhine. If the spool is not positioned so tht the thred unwinds orretly, the thred my eome tngled round the spool pin. Bsi opertions B-7

28 Winding/Instlling the Boin Slide the spool p onto the spool pin. f Slide the spool p s fr s possile to the right, s shown, with the rounded side on the left. Memo When using the spool s shown elow, use the smll spool p, nd leve smll spe etween the p nd the spool. CAUTION If the spool or the spool p is not instlled orretly, the thred my eome tngled round the spool pin, using the needle to rek. Three spool p sizes re ville, llowing you to hoose spool p tht est fits the size of spool eing used. If the spool p is too smll for the spool eing used, the thred my th on the slit in the spool or the mhine my e dmged. When using mini king thred spool, use the thred spool insert (mini king thred spool). For detils on thred spool insert (mini king thred spool), refer to Memo on pge B-8. Spool p (smll) 2 Spool (ross-wound thred) 3 Spe When using thred tht winds off quikly, suh s trnsprent nylon thred or metlli thred, ple the spool net over the spool efore pling the spool of thred onto the spool pin. If the spool net is too long, fold it to fit the size of the spool Spool net 2 Spool 3 Spool p 4 Spool pin If spool of thred whose ore is 2 mm (/2 inh) in dimeter nd 75 mm (3 inhes) high is inserted onto the spool pin, use the thred spool insert (mini king thred spool). Thred spool insert (mini king thred spool) 2 2 mm (/2 inh) 3 75 mm (3 inhes) B-8

29 Winding/Instlling the Boin g While holding the thred ner the spool with your right hnd, s shown, pull the thred with your left hnd, nd then pss the thred ehind the thred guide over nd to the front. j While holding the thred with your left hnd, wind the thred tht ws pulled out lokwise round the oin five or six times with your right hnd. B Thred guide over Pss the thred under the thred guide plte, nd then h pull it to the right. k Note Mke sure tht the thred etween the spool nd the oin is pulled tight. Be sure to wind the thred lokwise round the oin, otherwise the thred will eome wrpped round the oin winder shft. Pss the end of the thred through the guide slit in the oin winder set, nd then pull the thred to the right to ut it. GETTING READY i Thred guide plte Pss the thred under the hook on the thred guide, nd then wind it ounterlokwise under the pretension disk. 2 Guide slit in oin winder set (with uilt-in utter) CAUTION Be sure to ut the thred s desried. If the oin is wound without utting the thred using the utter uilt into the slit in the oin winder set, the thred my eome tngled in the oin or the needle my end or rek when the oin thred strts to run out. Slide the sewing speed ontroller to the right. l Thred guide 2 Pretension disk 3 Pull it in s fr s possile Note Mke sure tht the thred psses under the pretension disk. 3 Speed ontroller Note Boin winding speeds my vry depending on type of thred eing wound on oin. Turn on the mhine. m Bsi opertions B-9

30 Winding/Instlling the Boin n Press the Strt/Stop utton one to strt winding the oin. When the foot ontroller is plugged in, press down on the foot ontroller. q Slide the oin winder shft to the left, nd then remove the oin from the shft. Strt/Stop utton Note When winding trnsprent nylon thred on the oin, stop oin winding when the oin is /2 to 2/3 full. If the oin is fully wound with trnsprent nylon thred, the pressure my rete frtures to the plsti oin. This will led to irregulr stithes or possile rekge to oin. r s Memo If the oin winder shft is set to the right side, the needle will not move. (Sewing is impossile.) Slide the sewing speed ontroller to desired sewing speed position. Remove the spool for the oin thred from the spool pin. Memo When the mhine is strted or the hndwheel is turned fter winding the oin, the mhine will mke liking sound; this is not mlfuntion. Instlling the oin o p When the oin winding eomes slow, press the Strt/Stop utton one to stop the mhine. When the foot ontroller is plugged in, remove your foot from the foot ontroller. CAUTION When the oin winding eomes slow, stop the mhine, otherwise the mhine my e dmged. Use sissors to ut the end of the thred wound round the oin. Instll the oin wound with thred. You n egin sewing immeditely without pulling up the oin thred y simply inserting the oin in the oin se nd guiding the thred through the slit in the needle plte over. Memo For detils on sewing fter pulling up the oin thred, for exmple, when mking gthers or with free motion quilting, refer to Pulling up the oin thred on pge B-27. CAUTION Use oin tht hs een orretly wound with thred, otherwise the needle my rek or the thred tension will e inorret. Before inserting or hnging the oin, e sure to press on the opertion pnel to lok ll keys nd uttons, otherwise injuries my our if the Strt/Stop utton or ny other utton is pressed nd the mhine strts. B-20

31 Winding/Instlling the Boin Press (Needle position utton) one or twie to rise the needle. Press. The sreen hnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re loked (exept ). g Lightly hold down the oin with your right hnd (), nd then guide the end of the thred round the t of the needle plte over with your left hnd (2). B Rise the presser foot lever. Slide the oin over lth to the right. d 2 T CAUTION Be sure to hold down the oin with your finger nd unwind the oin thred orretly, otherwise the thred my rek or the thred tension will e inorret. GETTING READY Boin over 2 Lth Remove the oin over. e f Hold the oin with your right hnd with the thred unwinding to the left, nd hold the end of the thred with your left hnd. Then, with your right hnd, ple the oin in the oin se. Memo The order tht the oin thred should e pssed through the oin se is indited y mrks round the oin se. Be sure to thred the mhine s indited. While lightly holding down the oin with your right h hnd (), guide the thred through the slit in the needle plte over (2) nd lightly pull it with your left hnd (3). The thred enters the tension spring of the oin se. Bsi opertions B-2

32 Winding/Instlling the Boin i While lightly holding down the oin with your right hnd (), ontinue guiding the thred through the slit with your left hnd (2). Then, ut the thred with the utter (3). Note If the thred is not orretly inserted through the tension-djusting spring of the oin se, it my use inorret thred tension. Tension-djusting spring Retth the oin over. j Insert the t in the lower-left orner of the oin over, nd then lightly press down on the right side. 2 The oin threding is finished. Next, thred the upper thred. Continue with the proedure in Upper Threding on pge B-23. Memo You n egin sewing without pulling up the oin thred. If you wish to pull up the oin thred efore strting to sew, pull up the thred ording to the proedure in Pulling up the oin thred on pge B-27. Press k to unlok ll keys nd uttons. B-22

33 Upper Threding Upper Threding CAUTION Three spool p sizes re ville, llowing you to hoose spool p tht est fits the size of spool eing used. If the spool p is too smll for the spool eing used, the thred my th on the slit in the spool or the needle my rek. When using mini king thred spool, use the thred spool insert (mini king thred spool). For more informtion regrding the hoie of spool ps for your thred hoie, see pge B-8. Turn on the mhine. Rise the presser foot lever to rise the presser foot. Presser foot lever The upper thred shutter opens so the mhine n e threded. B GETTING READY Shutter When threding the upper thred, refully follow the instrutions. If the upper threding is not orret, the thred my eome tngled or the needle my end or rek. Never use thred weight of 20 or lower. Use the needle nd the thred in the orret omintion. For detils on the orret omintion of needles nd threds, refer to Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions on pge B-30. Threding the upper thred Note If the presser foot is not rised, the mhine nnot e threded. Press (Needle position utton) one or twie to rise the needle. Needle position utton The needle is orretly rised when the mrk on the hndwheel is t the top, s shown elow. Chek the hndwheel nd, if this mrk is not t this position, press (Needle position utton) until it is. Mrk on hndwheel When threding the upper thred, refully follow the instrutions. Bsi opertions B-23

34 Upper Threding d Remove the spool p tht is inserted onto the spool pin. While holding the thred lightly with your right hnd, h pss the thred under the thred guide plte, nd then pull it up. 2 Spool pin 2 Spool p Ple the spool of thred onto the spool pin. e Slide the spool onto the pin so tht the spool is horizontl nd the thred unwinds to the front t the ottom. i Thred guide plte Pss the thred through the thred hnnel in the order shown elow. Slide the spool p onto the spool pin. f Slide the spool p s fr s possile to the right, s shown, with the rounded side on the left. g CAUTION If the spool or the spool p is not positioned orretly, the thred my eome tngled round the spool pin or the needle my rek. While holding the thred lightly with your right hnd, pull the thred with your left hnd, nd then pss the thred ehind the thred guide over nd to the front. Shutter Note If the presser foot hs een lowered nd the shutter is losed, the mhine nnot e threded. Be sure to rise the presser foot to open the shutter efore threding the mhine. In ddition, efore removing the upper thred, e sure to rise the presser foot to open the shutter. This mhine is equipped with window tht llows you to hek the position of the tke-up lever. Look through this window nd hek tht the thred is orretly fed through the tke-up lever. Thred guide over Press. j The sreen hnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re loked (exept ). B-24

35 Upper Threding Slide the thred ehind the needle r thred guide. k The thred n esily e slid ehind the needle r thred guide y holding the thred in your left hnd, then feeding the thred with your right hnd, s shown. Mke sure tht the thred is pssed through to the left of the t of the needle r thred guide. 2 Cut the thred with the thred utter on the left side of the mhine. B Needle r thred guide 2 T Rise the presser foot lever. l Threding the needle Memo The needle threder n e used with mhine needles 75/ through 00/6. The needle threder nnot e used with the wing needle or the twin needle. When thred suh s trnsprent nylon monofilment or speilty threds re used it is not reommended to use the needle threder. If the needle threder nnot e used, refer to Threding the needle mnully (without using the needle threder) on pge B-26. Cutter Note If the thred is pulled through nd nnot e ut orretly, lower the presser foot lever so tht the thred is held in ple efore utting the thred. If this opertion is performed, skip step. When using thred tht quikly winds off the spool, suh s metlli thred, it my e diffiult to thred the needle if the thred is ut. Therefore, insted of using the thred utter, pull out out 8 m (pprox. 3 inhes) of thred fter pssing it through the threder thred guide disks (mrked 7 ). 8 m (pprox. 3 inhes) or more GETTING READY Pull the end of the thred, whih hs een pssed through the needle r thred guide, to the left, then pss the thred through the noth of the threder thred guide, nd then firmly pull the thred from the front nd insert it into the slit of the threder thred guide disk mrked 7 ll the wy. Mke sure tht the thred psses through the noth of the threder thred guide. Lower the presser foot lever to lower the presser foot. Presser foot lever 2 Noth of the threder thred guide 2 Threder thred guide disk Bsi opertions B-25

36 Upper Threding d Lower the needle threder lever on the left side of the mhine until it liks, nd then slowly return the lever to its originl position. Threding the needle mnully (without using the needle threder) When using speilty thred, suh s trnsprent nylon thred, wing needle or twin needle whih nnot e used with the needle threder, thred the needle s desried elow. Thred the mhine to the needle r thred guide. For detils, refer to Threding the upper thred on pge B-23. e Hook 2 Needle threder lever The hook is rotted nd psses the thred through the eye of the needle. Note If the needle is not rised to it's highest position, the needle threder nnot thred the needle. Turn hndwheel ounterlokwise until the needle is t its highest position. The needle is orretly rised when the mrk on the hndwheel is t the top, s shown under step on pge B-23. Crefully pull the end of thred tht ws pssed through the eye of the needle. If the needle ws not ompletely threded, ut loop in the thred ws formed in the eye of the needle, refully pull the loop through the eye of the needle to pull out the end of the thred. Lower the presser foot lever. Presser foot lever Insert the thred through the eye of the needle from front to k. d Rise the presser foot lever, pss the end of the thred through nd under the presser foot, nd then pull out out 5 m (pprox. 2 inhes) of thred towrd the rer of the mhine. f CAUTION When pulling out the thred, do not pull it with extreme fore, otherwise the needle my rek or end. Rise the presser foot lever, pss the end of the thred through nd under the presser foot, nd then pull out out 5 m (pprox. 2 inhes) of thred towrd the rer of the mhine. e Press to unlok ll keys nd uttons. 5 m (pprox. 2 inhes) Press g to unlok ll keys nd uttons. B-26

37 Upper Threding Pulling up the oin thred When mking gthers or efore free motion quilting, first pull up the oin thred s desried elow. Refer to Threding the upper thred (pge B-23) to thred the mhine with the upper thred nd thred the needle. Follow steps d to f Instlling the oin (pge B- 20) for instlling the oin to insert the oin into the oin se. Pss the oin thred through the slot. Do not ut the thred with the utter. Retth the oin over. g Insert the t in the lower-left orner of the oin over, nd then lightly press down on the right side. Using the twin needle 2 With the twin needle, you n sew two prllel lines of the sme stith with two different threds. Both upper threds should hve the sme thikness nd qulity. Be sure to use the twin needle, the horizontl spool pin nd the pproprite spool ps. For detils on the stithes tht n e sewn with the twin needle, refer to Stith Setting Chrt eginning on pge B-46. B GETTING READY While lightly holding the upper thred with your left d hnd, press (Needle position utton) twie to lower nd then rise the needle. e f The oin thred is looped round the upper thred nd n e pulled up. Crefully pull the upper thred upwrd to pull out the end of the oin thred. Pull up the oin thred, pss it under the presser foot nd pull it out 0 m (4 inhes) towrd the k of the mhine, mking it even with the upper thred. Memo Trditionlly twin needle is lso used for reting pintuks. Contt your nerest uthorized By Lok retiler to otin the optionl pintuk foot for your mhine (ESG-PF). CAUTION Only use the twin needle (2/ needle, prt ode: X ). Use of ny other needle my end the needle or dmge the mhine. Never use ent needles. Bent needles n esily rek, possily resulting in injuries. The needle threder nnot e used with the twin needle. If the needle threder is used with the twin needle, the mhine my e dmged. Press nd instll the twin needle. The sreen hnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re loked (exept ). For detils on instlling needle, refer to Repling the needle on pge B-3. Bsi opertions B-27

38 Upper Threding Thred the upper thred for the left needle eye. For detils, refer to steps through k of Threding the upper thred on pge B-23. Mnully thred the left needle with the upper thred. Pss the thred through the eye of the needle from the front. g Thred the upper thred in the sme wy tht the upper thred for the left side ws threded. Thred guide over For detils, refer to steps g through i of Threding the upper thred on pge B-23. d Insert the horizontl spool pin onto the oin winder shft. Insert the spool pin so tht it is perpendiulr to the oin winder shft. Without pssing the thred through the needle r h thred guide, mnully thred the right needle. Insert the thred through the eye of the needle from the front to the k. The needle threder nnot e used with the twin needle. If the needle threder is used with the twin needle, the mhine my e dmged. e f Boin winder shft Swing the spool pin towrd the left so tht it is horizontl. Ple the upper thred spool for the needle on the right side onto the spool pin, nd then seure it with the spool p. The thred should unwind from the front t the ottom of the spool. 2 Atth zigzg foot J. i For detils on hnging the presser foot, refer to Repling the presser foot on pge B-33. CAUTION When using the twin needle, e sure to tth zigzg foot J. If unhed stithes our, use monogrmming foot N or tth stilizer mteril. Press to unlok ll keys nd uttons, nd then j selet stith. For stith seletion see Sewing stith on pge B- 36. See Stith Setting Chrt on pge B-46 for stithes tht use twin needle. CAUTION When using the twin needle, e sure to selet n pproprite stith, otherwise the needle my rek or the mhine my e dmged. Spool p 2 Spool Press k to disply the settings sreen. B-28

39 Upper Threding Set Twin Needle to ON. l B Press. m CAUTION When using the twin needle, e sure to selet the twin needle setting, otherwise the needle my rek or the mhine my e dmged. GETTING READY Strt sewing. n For detils on strting to sew, refer to STARTING TO SEW on pge B-36. Two lines of stithing re sewn prllel to eh other. Note When hnging the sewing diretion, press (Needle position utton) to rise the needle from the fri, nd then rise the presser foot lever nd turn the fri. CAUTION Do not try turning the fri while the twin needle is down in the fri, otherwise the needle my rek or the mhine my e dmged. Bsi opertions B-29

40 Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions Needles tht n e used with this mhine: Home sewing mhine needles (size 65/9-00/6) * The lrger the numer, the lrger the needle. As the numers derese, the needles get finer. Thred tht n e used with this mhine: weight * Never use thred of 20 weight or lower. It my use mhine to mlfuntion. * The smller the numer, the hevier the thred. As the numers inrese, the thred gets finer. The mhine needle nd thred tht should e used depends on the type nd thikness of the fri. Refer to the following tle when hoosing the thred nd needle pproprite for the fri tht you wish to sew. - The omintions shown in the tle provide generl guideline. Be sure to sew tril stithes on the tul numer of lyers nd type of fri to e used in your projet. - The mhine needles re onsumles. For sfety nd est results, we reommend repling the needle regulrly. For detils on when to reple the needle, refer to Cheking the needle on pge B-3. In priniple, use fine needle nd thred with lightweight fris, nd lrger needle nd hevier thred with hevyweight fris. Selet stith pproprite for the fri, nd then djust the stith length. When sewing lightweight fris, mke the stith length finer (shorter). When sewing hevyweight fris, mke the stith length orser (longer). (pge B-4) When sewing streth fris, refer to Sewing streth fris in the Sewing setion. Lightweight fris Medium weight fris Hevyweight fris Streth fris (knit fris, et.) For top-stithing Fri Type/Applition Lwn, georgette, hllis, orgndy, repe, hiffon, voile, guze, tulle, lining, et. Brodloth, tffet, grdine, flnnel, seersuker, doule guze, linen, terry loth, wffle weve, sheeting, poplin, otton twill, stin, quilting otton, et. Denim (2 ounes or more), nvs, et. Denim (2 ounes or more), nvs, tweed, orduroy, velour, melton wool, vinyl-oted fri, et. Jersey, triot, T-shirt fri, fleee, interlok, et. Thred Type Polyester thred Cotton thred, Silk thred Polyester thred Cotton thred, Silk thred Polyester thred, Cotton thred Polyester thred Cotton thred, Silk thred Cotton thred, Polyester thred, Silk thred Polyester thred, Cotton thred Weight Size of needle 65/9-75/ 75/ - 90/ / /4-00/6 Bll point needle 75/ - 90/4 Stith length [mm (inh)] Fine stithes (/6-3/32) Regulr stithes (/6-/8) Corse stithes (3/32-3/6) Setting pproprite for the fri thikness 30 90/4-00/6 Setting pproprite for / - 90/4 the fri thikness Trnsprent nylon thred Use home sewing mhine topstithing needle, regrdless of the fri or thred. Emroidery needles Use 75/ home sewing mhine needle for emroidery. When emroidering on hevier fris suh s denim, use 90/4 home sewing mhine needle. CAUTION The pproprite fri, thred nd needle omintions re shown in the preeding tle. If the omintion of the fri, thred nd needle is not orret, prtiulrly when sewing hevy fris (suh s denim) with thin needles (suh s 65/9 to 75/), the needle my end or rek. In ddition, the stithing my e uneven or pukered or there my e skipped stithes. B-30

41 Repling the Needle Repling the Needle Be sure to oserve the following preutions onerning the hndling of the needle. Filure to oserve these preutions is extremely dngerous, for exmple, if the needle reks nd frgments re dispersed. Be sure to red nd refully follow the instrutions elow. CAUTION Only use reommended home sewing mhine needles. Use of ny other needle my end the needle or dmge the mhine. Never use ent needles. Bent needles n esily rek, possily resulting in injuries. Note Reple the needle in ses suh s the four desried elow: If n unusul sound is produed when the needle enters the fri while sewing tril stithes t low speed. (The tip of the needle my e roken.) 2 If stithes re skipped. (The needle my e ent.) 3 After ompleting one projet, suh s piee of lothing. 4 After using three full oins of thred. Repling the needle B GETTING READY Cheking the needle Sewing with ent needle is extremely dngerous sine the needle my rek while the mhine is eing operted. Before using the needle, ple the flt side of the needle on flt surfe nd hek tht the distne etween the needle nd the flt surfe is even. Use the srewdriver nd needle tht hs een determined to e stright ording to the instrutions in Cheking the needle. Press (Needle position utton) one or twie to rise the needle. Ple fri or pper under the presser foot to over the hole in the needle plte. 2 Flt side 2 Needle type mrking Note Before repling the needle, over the hole in the needle plte with fri or pper to prevent the needle from flling into the mhine. Press. The sreen hnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re loked (exept ). CAUTION If the distne etween the needle nd the flt surfe is not even, the needle is ent. Do not use ent needle. Flt surfe Bsi opertions B-3

42 Repling the Needle d Hold the needle with your left hnd, nd then use srewdriver to turn the needle lmp srew towrd you (ounterlokwise) to remove the needle. The needle lmp srew n lso e loosened or tightened with the dis-shped srewdriver. 2 Srewdriver 2 Needle lmp srew Do not pply strong fore when loosening or tightening the needle lmp srew, otherwise ertin prts of the mhine my e dmged. e With the flt side of the needle towrd the rer of the mhine, insert the needle until it touhes the needle stopper. f Needle stopper While holding the needle with your left hnd, use the srewdriver to tighten the needle lmp srew y turning it lokwise. CAUTION Be sure to insert the needle until it touhes the needle stopper nd seurely tighten the needle lmp srew with the srewdriver, otherwise the needle my rek or dmge my result. Press g to unlok ll keys nd uttons. B-32

43 Repling the Presser Foot Repling the Presser Foot CAUTION Use the presser foot pproprite for the type of stith tht you wish to sew, otherwise the needle my hit the presser foot, using the needle to end or rek. Only use presser feet designed speifilly for this mhine. Use of ny other presser foot my result in injuries or dmge to the mhine. Repling the presser foot Press (Needle position utton) one or twie to rise the needle. Press. The sreen hnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re loked (exept ). e f Ple different presser foot elow the holder so tht the presser foot pin is ligned with the noth in the holder. 2 3 Presser foot holder 2 Noth 3 Pin 4 Presser foot type Slowly lower the presser foot lever so tht the presser foot pin snps into the noth in the presser foot holder. 2 J 4 B GETTING READY 3 4 Rise the presser foot lever. d Press the lk utton t the k of the presser foot holder in order to remove the presser foot. g Presser foot lever 2 Presser foot holder 3 Noth 4 Pin The presser foot is tthed. Rise the presser foot lever to hek tht the presser foot is seurely tthed. Blk utton 2 Presser foot holder Presser foot lever h Press to unlok ll keys nd uttons. Bsi opertions B-33

44 Repling the Presser Foot Note When stith is seleted, the ion for the presser foot tht should e used ppers in the sreen. Chek tht the orret presser foot is tthed efore strting to sew. If the wrong presser foot is instlled, turn off the mhine, tth the pproprite presser foot. Use the srewdriver to loosen the presser foot holder srew. Turn the srew towrd the k of the mhine (ounterlokwise). The presser foot holder srew n lso e loosened or tightened with the dis-shped srewdriver. 3 Srewdriver 2 Presser foot holder 3 Presser foot holder srew 2 Zigzg foot J Monogrmming foot N Oversting foot G Atthing the presser foot holder Press. The sreen hnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re loked (exept ). Buttonhole foot A Blind stith foot R Button fitting foot M Side utter S For detils on the presser foot tht should e used with the seleted stith, refer to Stith Setting Chrt eginning on pge B-46. Removing nd tthing the presser foot holder Rise the presser foot lever. Align the presser foot holder with the lower-left side of the presser r. Remove the presser foot holder when lening the mhine or when instlling presser foot tht does not use the presser foot holder, suh s the wlking foot nd quilting foot. Use the srewdriver to remove the presser foot holder. Press. The sreen hnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re loked (exept ). Remove the presser foot. For detils, refer to Repling the presser foot on pge B-33. B-34

45 Repling the Presser Foot d Hold the presser foot holder in ple with your right hnd, nd then tighten the srew using the srewdriver in your left hnd. Turn the srew towrd you (lokwise). B Srewdriver CAUTION Be sure to seurely tighten the presser foot holder srew, otherwise the presser foot holder my fll off nd the needle my strike it, using the needle to end or rek. GETTING READY Note If the presser foot holder is not orretly instlled, the thred tension will e inorret. Bsi opertions B-35

46 Sewing Chpter 2 STARTING TO SEW Sewing CAUTION While the mhine is in opertion, py speil ttention to the needle lotion. In ddition, keep your hnds wy from ll moving prts suh s the needle nd hndwheel, otherwise injuries my our. Do not pull or push the fri too hrd while sewing, otherwise injuries my our or the needle my rek. Never use ent needles. Bent needles n esily rek, possily resulting in injuries. Mke sure tht the needle does not strike sting pins, otherwise the needle my rek or end. Sewing stith Turn the min power to ON nd disply the stith seletion sreen in (ion) tegory, nd press (Needle position utton) to rise the needle. If you wnt to sew ny stith in proeed to step 4. Press on the opertion pnel. tegory, Stith types Utility stithes You n selet from utility stithes, inluding stright line stithing, oversting, uttonhole nd si deortive stithes. For detils on the vrious stithes, refer to Stith Setting Chrt eginning on pge B Deortive stithes 3 Stin stithes 4 7 mm stin stithes 5 Cross stith stithes 6 Utility deortive stithes 7 Chrter stithes 8 Ptterns stored in the mhine's memory Ptterns relled from mhine's memory n e sewn. 9 Ptterns stored in USB flsh drive Ptterns relled from the USB flsh drive n e sewn. For detils on sewing nd storing the stithes 2 through 9, refer to Deortive sewing setion. Selet the stith type. Press the stith seletion. d displys the previous sreen, nd displys the next sreen. For detils on the key funtions, refer to Viewing the LCD on pge B-. B-36

47 Sewing e If neessry, speify the setting for utomti reverse/ reinforement stithing nd djust the stith length, et. For detils on djusting the stith width nd length, refer to Setting the stith width on pge B-4 nd Setting the stith length on pge B-4. Note When stith is seleted, the ion for the presser foot tht should e used ppers on the sreen. Chek tht the orret presser foot is tthed efore strting to sew. If the wrong presser foot is instlled, tth the pproprite presser foot. Instll the presser foot. f For detils on hnging the presser foot, refer to Repling the presser foot on pge B-33. i Adjust the sewing speed with the sewing speed ontroller. You n use this ontroller to djust sewing speed during sewing. Fst 2 Slow Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt sewing. j Guide the fri lightly y hnd. B STARTING TO SEW CAUTION Alwys use the orret presser foot. If the wrong presser foot is used, the needle my strike the presser foot nd end or rek, possily resulting in injury. Refer to pge B-46 for presser foot reommendtions. Set the fri under the presser foot. Hold the fri g nd thred with your left hnd, nd rotte the hndwheel ounterlokwise or press (Needle position utton) to set the needle in the sewing strt position. Memo When the foot ontroller is eing used, you nnot strt sewing y pressing the Strt/Stop utton. Press the Strt/Stop utton gin to stop sewing. k Press (Thred utter utton) to trim the upper nd l lower threds. Memo The lk utton on the left side of zigzg foot J should e pressed only if the fri does not feed or when sewing thik sems. For detils, refer to Sewing thik fris in the Sewing setion. Normlly, you n sew without pressing the lk utton. Lower the presser foot. h You do not hve to pull up the oin thred. Thred utter utton The needle will return to the up position utomtilly. Bsi opertions B-37

48 Sewing CAUTION Do not press (Thred utter utton) fter the threds hve een ut. Doing so ould tngle the thred or rek the needle nd dmge the mhine. Do not press (Thred utter utton) when there is no fri set in the mhine or during mhine opertion. The thred my tngle, possily resulting in dmge. Turn off the mhine. Insert the foot ontroller plug into its jk on the mhine. Note When utting thred suh s nylon monofilment thred, or other deortive threds, use the thred utter on the side of the mhine. Foot ontroller jk Turn on the mhine. Slowly depress the foot ontroller to strt sewing. d m When the needle hs stopped moving, rise the presser foot nd remove the fri. Memo This mhine is equipped with oin thred sensor tht wrns you when the oin thred is lmost empty. When the oin thred is nerly empty, the mhine utomtilly stops. However, if the Strt/Stop utton is pressed, few stithes n e sewn. When the wrning displys, reple with wound oin immeditely. Memo The speed tht is set using the sewing speed ontroller will e the foot ontroller s mximum sewing speed. Relese the foot ontroller to stop the mhine. e Using the foot ontroller You n lso use the foot ontroller to strt nd stop sewing. CAUTION Do not llow fri piees nd dust to ollet in the foot ontroller. Doing so ould use fire or n eletri shok. Memo When the foot ontroller is eing used, you nnot strt sewing y pressing the Strt/Stop utton. Boin winding n e strted nd stopped with the foot ontroller. The foot ontroller nnot e used when emroidering. B-38

49 Sewing Sewing reinforement stithes Reverse/reinforement stithes re generlly neessry t the eginning nd end of sewing. You n use (Reverse stith utton) to sew reverse/reinforement stithes. Refer to Stith Setting Chrt under the olumn for Reverse utton on pge B-46. While pressing (Reinforement stith utton), the mhine will sew 3 to 5 reinforement stithes t tht point nd then stop. Automti reinforement stithing After seleting stith motif, turn on the utomti reinforement stithing funtion efore sewing, nd the mhine will utomtilly sew reinforement stithes (or reverse stithes, depending on the stith motif) t the eginning nd end of sewing. Refer to the tle on pge B-40. Selet stith pttern. Press to set the utomti reinforement stithing funtion. B STARTING TO SEW 2 Reverse stith utton 2 Reinforement stith utton If the utomti reinforement stith is seleted, reverse stithes (or reinforement stithes) will e sewn utomtilly t the eginning of sewing when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed. Press (Reverse stith utton) or (Reinforement stith utton) to sew reverse stithes or reinforement stithes utomtilly t the end of sewing. The key will disply s. Memo Some stithes, suh s uttonholes nd r tks, require reinforement stithes t the eginning of sewing. If you selet one of these stithes, the mhine will utomtilly turn on this funtion (the key ppers s when the stith is seleted). Set the fri in the strt position nd egin sewing. Reverse stith 2 Reinforement stith The opertion performed when the utton is pressed differs depending on the seleted pttern. Refer to the tle in Automti reinforement stithing on pge B-39. Memo While pressing (Reinforement stith utton) when sewing hrter/deortive stith pttern, you n end sewing with ompleted motif insted of t the midpoint of stith motif. The green light on the left of (Reinforement stith utton) lights up while the mhine is sewing full motif, nd it utomtilly turns off when the sewing is stopped. Reverse stithes (or reinforement stithes) The mhine will utomtilly sew reverse stithes (or reinforement stithes) nd then ontinue sewing. Memo When seleting the stithes elow, the mhine will utomtilly sew reverse stithes t the eginning of the stith. If you press the Strt/Stop utton to puse sewing, press it gin to ontinue. The mhine will not sew reverse/reinforement stithes gin. Bsi opertions B-39

50 Sewing d Press (Reverse stith utton) or (Reinforement stith utton). Reverse stith utton Reinforement stith utton Reverse stithes (or reinforement stithes) The mhine will sew reverse stithes (or reinforement stithes) nd stop. Memo To turn off the utomti reinforement stithing funtion, press gin, so it ppers s. The opertion performed when the utton is pressed differs depending on the seleted pttern. Refer to the following tle for detils on the opertion tht is performed when the utton is pressed. When the utomti reinforement stithing funtion is not tive while seleting stithes suh s exmples shown elow: When the utomti reinforement stithing funtion is tive while seleting stithes suh s exmples shown elow: Reverse stith utton Mhine strts sewing the stithes nd only sews reverse stithes while holding the Reverse stith utton. Mhine sews reverse stithes t the eginning nd end of sewing. Reinforement stith utton Mhine sews 3-5 reinforement stithes while holding the Reinforement stith utton. Mhine sews reverse stithes t the eginning nd reinforement stithes t the end of sewing. When the utomti reinforement stithing funtion is not tive while seleting utility stithes other thn the stright or zigzg stithes. When the utomti reinforement stithing funtion is tive while seleting utility stithes other thn the stright or zigzg stithes. When the utomti reinforement stithing funtion is not tive while seleting hrter/ deortive stithes. When the utomti reinforement stithing funtion is tive while seleting hrter/deortive stithes. Mhine sews 3-5 reinforement stithes while holding the Reverse stith utton. Mhine sews reinforement stithes t the eginning nd end of sewing. Mhine strts sewing nd then sews reinforement stithes while holding the Reverse stith utton. Mhine sews reinforement stithes t the eginning nd sews reinforement stithes when the Reverse stith utton is pressed. Mhine sews 3-5 reinforement stithes while holding the Reinforement stith utton. Mhine sews reinforement stithes t the eginning nd end of sewing. Mhine strts sewing t the eginning, then ompletes the pttern when the Reinforement stith utton is pressed nd sews reinforement stithes t the end of sewing. Mhine sews reinforement stithes t the eginning, then ompletes the pttern when the Reinforement stith utton is pressed nd sews reinforement stithes t the end of sewing. * If Reinforement Priority on pge 2 of the settings sreen is set to ON, reinforement stithes re sewn insted of reverse stithes. When the utomti reinforement stithing funtion is not tive while seleting stithes suh s exmples shown elow: Mhine strts sewing the stithes nd only sews reverse stithes while holding the Reverse stith utton.* Mhine strts sewing the stithes nd sews 3-5 reinforement stithes while holding the Reinforement stith utton. When the utomti reinforement stithing funtion is tive while seleting stithes suh s exmples shown elow: Mhine sews reinforement stithes t the eginning nd reverse stithes t the end of sewing.* Mhine sews reinforement stithes t the eginning nd end of sewing. B-40

51 Setting the Stith Setting the Stith This mhine is preset with the defult settings for the stith width, stith length, L/R Shift, nd upper thred tension for eh stith. However, you n hnge ny of the settings y pressing in the utility stith sreen, then following the proedure desried in this setion. After hnging the settings, press stith sreen. Setting the stith width to return to the utility Note Stith settings return to their defults if they re hnged, when the mhine is turned off or different stith is seleted efore the stith setting is sved, refer to Sving stith settings on pge B-43. Memo Press to return the setting to its defult. If the stright stith or triple streth stith ws seleted, hnging the stith width hnges the needle position. Inresing the width moves the needle to the right; reduing the width moves the needle to the left. mens the setting nnot e djusted. CAUTION After djusting the stith width, slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise) nd hek tht the needle does not touh the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. Setting the stith length The stith length n e djusted to mke the stith orser (longer) or finer (shorter). B STARTING TO SEW The stith width (zigzg width) n e djusted to mke the stith wider or nrrower. Eh press of mkes the stith length finer (shorter). Eh press of mkes the zigzg stith nrrower. Eh press of mkes the stith length orser (longer). Eh press of mkes the zigzg stith wider. Memo Press to return the setting to its defult. mens the setting nnot e djusted. Bsi opertions B-4

52 Setting the Stith Setting the L/R Shift Follow the steps elow when you wnt to hnge the plement of the zigzg stith pttern y moving it left nd right. Setting the thred tension You my need to hnge the thred tension, depending on the fri nd thred eing used. Press to shift the pttern to the left. Corret thred tension The upper thred nd the oin thred should ross ner the enter of the fri. Only the upper thred should e visile from the right side of the fri, nd only the oin thred should e visile from the wrong side of the fri. The vlue in the disply ppers with minus sign. Press to shift the pttern to the right side of the left needle position. 2 3 Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of fri 3 Upper thred 4 Boin thred 4 The vlue in the disply ppers with plus sign. Memo Press to return the setting to its defult. mens the setting nnot e djusted. CAUTION After djusting the L/R Shift, slowly rotte the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise) nd hek tht the needle does not touh the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. If the stithes re unhed together, inrese the stith length. Continuing to sew with the stithes unhed together my result in the needle ending or reking. Upper thred is too tight If the oin thred is visile from the right side of the fri, the upper thred is too tight. Note If the oin thred ws inorretly threded, the upper thred my e too tight. In this se, refer to Instlling the oin on pge B-20 nd rethred the oin thred Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of fri 3 Upper thred 4 Boin thred 5 The oin thred is visile from the right side of the fri. Eh press of mkes the thred tension looser. B-42

53 Setting the Stith Upper thred is too loose If the upper thred is visile from the wrong side of the fri, the upper thred is too loose. Note If the upper thred ws inorretly threded, the upper thred my e too loose. In this se, refer to Upper Threding on pge B-23 nd rethred the upper thred. 2 3 Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of fri 3 Upper thred 4 Boin thred 5 The upper thred is visile from the wrong side of the fri. Eh press of mkes the thred tension tighter. 4 Note If the upper thred is not threded orretly or the oin is not instlled orretly, it my not e possile to set the orret thred tension. If the orret thred tension nnot e hieved, rethred the upper thred nd insert the oin orretly. 5 Press. d To reset the seleted stith pttern k to its defult settings, press, nd then press. Press. e The originl sreen is displyed. Note The next time tht the sme stright stith is seleted, the stith length is set to 2.0 mm. All stith settings (stith width (zigzg width), stith length, L/R shift, thred tension) re sved, not just the setting tht ws hnged. When the sme stith pttern is seleted, the lst settings sved re displyed even if the mhine ws turned off. If the settings re hnged gin, or if is pressed to reset the setting to its defult, the new settings re not sved unless is pressed nother time. Even if is pressed, the settings for progrmmed thred utting nd utomti reverse/reinforement stithing nnot e reset. B STARTING TO SEW Sving stith settings If you wish to sve speifi settings for stith so tht they n e used lter, press fter hnging the settings to sve the new settings with the seleted stith. This feture n e used only with utility stithes. To use stith length of 2.0 mm for the stright stith Selet stright stith. Press. Set the stith length to 2.0 mm. Bsi opertions B-43

54 Useful Funtions Useful Funtions Automtilly utting the thred The mhine n e set to utomtilly ut the threds t the end of the stithing. This is lled progrmmed thred utting. If progrmmed thred utting is set, utomti reverse/reinforement stithing is lso set. Turn on the mhine. Selet stith. For detils on seleting stith, refer to Sewing stith on pge B-36. Press on the sreen. Memo Progrmmed thred utting will not e performed if the Strt/Stop utton is pressed while sewing. Press (Reverse stith utton) or (Reinforement stith utton) t the end of the stithing. If the power is turned off, progrmmed thred utting will e turned off. Mirroring stithes You n sew the mirror imge of stith horizontlly (left nd right). Turn on the mhine. Selet stith. For detils on seleting stith, refer to Sewing stith on pge B-36. d e You get, nd the mhine is set for progrmmed thred utting nd utomti reverse/ reinforement stithing. To turn progrmmed thred utting off, press. Set the fri in ple, nd press the Strt/Stop utton one. Stithing will egin fter reverse stithes or reinforement stithes re sewn. One you hve rehed the end of the stithing, press (Reverse stith utton) or (Reinforement stith utton) one. If stithing, suh s uttonholes nd r tking, tht inludes reinforement stithing hs een seleted, this opertion is unneessry. After the reverse stithing or reinforement stithing hs een done, the mhine stops, nd the thred is ut. Press, nd then on the sreen. It turns to, nd the pttern displyed on the left side of the sreen is mirrored. To turn the mirrored stithing off, press. Memo Mirroring is not possile when the mirroring ion is gryed out on the editing sreen. Certin stithes, suh s uttonholes, et., nnot e mirrored. When the mhine is turned off, the mirroring setting is nelled. 2 3 The point where the Strt/Stop utton ws pressed. 2 The point where (Reverse stith utton) or (Reinforement stith utton) ws pressed. 3 The thred is ut here. B-44

55 Useful Funtions Adjusting the presser foot pressure You n djust the presser foot pressure (the mount of pressure pplied to the fri y the presser foot) on the settings sreen. The higher the numer, the greter the pressure will e. Set the pressure t 3 for norml sewing. Press Disply pge 2. to disply the settings sreen. Adjust the Presser Foot Pressure y pressing /. Using the knee lifter Stop the mhine. Do not use the knee lifter while the mhine is operting. With your knee, press the knee lifter to the right. Keep the knee lifter pressed to the right. B STARTING TO SEW Hnds-free rising nd lifting of the presser foot Using the knee lifter, you n rise nd lower the presser foot with your knee, leving oth hnds free to hndle the fri. Instlling the knee lifter Turn off the mhine. Insert the knee lifter into the mounting slot on the front of the mhine in the lower-right orner. Align the ts on the knee lifter with the nothes in the mounting slot, nd then insert the knee lifter s fr s possile. The presser foot is rised. Relese the knee lifter. The presser foot is lowered. CAUTION While sewing, keep your knee wy from the knee lifter. If the knee lifter is pressed while the mhine is operting, the needle my rek or the mhine my e dmged. Note If the knee lifter is not fully inserted into the mounting slot, it my fll out while the mhine is operting. Bsi opertions B-45

56 Stith Setting Chrt Stith Setting Chrt Applitions, stith lengths nd widths nd whether the twin needle n e used re listed for utility stithes in the following tle. Memo The stithes shown in the tle elow my differ slightly from the stith ptterns displyed in the LCD. * For free motion quilting, use free motion open toe quilting foot O. *2 For free motion quilting, use free motion quilting foot C (sold seprtely with some models) or free motion open toe quilting foot O. *3 When the Automti reverse/reinforement key is tivted, the stith will egin with reinforement stith. If Reinforement Priority on pge 2 of the settings sreen is lso set to ON, the mhine will sew reinforement stithes t the end of stithing nd then stop. Note The wlking foot n only e used with stright or zigzg stith ptterns. Do not sew reverse stithes with the wlking foot. Stith Stith numer Stith nme Presser foot Applitions Stright stith Generl sewing, gther, pintuk, (Left) J * et. Stright stith Generl sewing, gther, pintuk, (Left) J * et. Stright stith Generl sewing, gther, pintuk, (Middle) J * et. Stright stith Generl sewing, gther, pintuk, (Middle) J * et. Triple streth Generl sewing for reinforement stith J * nd deortive topstithing Stem stith Deortive stith Bsting stith Zigzg stith Zigzg stith J * Reinfored stithing, sewing nd deortive pplitions Stith width [mm (inh)] Auto. Mnul 0.0 (0) (0 - /4) 0.0 (0) (0 - /4) 3.5 (/8) (0 - /4) 3.5 (/8) (0 - /4) 0.0 (0) (0 - /4).0 (/6) (0 - /4) N * Deortive stithing, top stithing 0.0 (0) (0 - /4) J * Bsting 0.0 (0) (0 - /4) J * For oversting, mending. 3.5 (/8) (0 - /4) J * For oversting, mending. 3.5 (/8) (0 - /4) Zigzg stith Strt from right needle position, (Right) J * zigzg sews to left. Zigzg stith Strt from left needle position, (Left) J * zigzg sew t right. 2 steps elsti Oversting (medium weight nd zigzg stith J * streth fris), tpe nd elsti 3 steps elsti Oversting (medium, zigzg stith J * hevyweight nd streth fris), tpe nd elsti 3.5 (/8) (3/32-3/6) 3.5 (/8) (3/32-3/6) 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) Stith length [mm (inh)] Auto. Mnul 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 20 (3/4) 5-30 (3/6 - -3/6).4 (/6) (0-3/6).4 (/6) (0-3/6).4 (/6) (/64-3/6).4 (/6) (/64-3/6).0 (/6) (/64-3/6).0 (/6) (/64-3/6) Twin needle OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) NO OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) Reverse utton Reverse Reverse *3 Reverse Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reverse Reverse *3 Reverse *3 Reverse *3 Reverse *3 Reverse *3 B-46

57 Stith Setting Chrt Stith Stith numer Stith nme Oversting stith Oversting stith Oversting stith G G G Reinforing of light nd medium weight fris Auto. Mnul 3.5 (/8) (3/32-3/6) Reinforing of hevyweight fri 5.0 (3/6) (3/32-3/6) Reinforing of medium, hevyweight nd esily frile fris or deortive stithing. Oversting Reinfored seming of streth stith J * fri Oversting stith J * Reinforing of medium streth fri nd hevyweight fri, deortive stithing Oversting Reinforement of streth fri or stith J * deortive stithing 5.0 (3/6) (/8-3/6) 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) 4.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) Oversting Streth knit sem 5.0 (3/6) stith J * (0 - /4) Single dimond Reinforement nd seming overst stith J * streth fri 6.0 (5/64) (0 - /4) Single dimond Reinforement of streth fri 6.0 (5/64) overst stith J * (0 - /4) With side utter With side utter With side utter With side utter With side utter S S S S S Stright stith while utting fris 0.0 (0) (0-3/32) Zigzg stith while utting fris 3.5 (/8) (/8-3/6) Oversting stith while utting fris Oversting stith while utting fris Oversting stith while utting fris Pieing stith (Right) J * Pieework/pthwork 6.5 mm (pprox. /4 inh) right sem llowne Pieing stith Pieework/pthwork (Middle) J *2 Pieing stith Pieework/pthwork 6.5 mm (Left) J * (pprox. /4 inh) left sem llowne Hnd-look quilting stith Presser foot J * Applitions Quilting stith mde to look like hnd quilting when using trnsprent nylon thred for the upper thred nd thred olor mthing the quilt for the oin thred. Sew with tight thred tension so tht the oin thred is visile from the right side of the fri. Use needle etween 90/4 nd 00/6. Quilting ppliqué Zigzg stith for quilting nd zigzg stith J * sewing on ppliqué quilt piees Quilting ppliqué Quilting stith for invisile stith J * ppliqué or tthing inding Stith width [mm (inh)] 3.5 (/8) (/8-3/6) 5.0 (3/6) (/8-3/6) 5.0 (3/6) (/8-3/6) 5.5 (7/32) (0 - /4).5 (/6) (0 - /4) 0.0 (0) (0 - /4) 3.5 (/8) (0 - /4).5 (/6) (0 - /8) Stith length [mm (inh)] Auto. Mnul 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 4.0 (3/6) (/64-3/6) 4.0 (3/6) (/64-3/6) 3.0 (/8) (/64-3/6).8 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6).4 (/6) (0-3/6) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6).4 (/6) (0-3/6).8 (/6) (/64-3/6) Twin needle NO NO NO OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) NO OK ( J ) OK ( J ) NO NO NO NO NO NO Reverse *3 NO Reverse *3 NO Reverse *3 NO NO Reverse *3 NO Reverse utton Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement B STARTING TO SEW Bsi opertions B-47

58 Stith Setting Chrt Stith Stith numer Stith nme Quilting stippling Bkground quilting 7.0 (/4) stith J * (0 - /4) Blind hem stith Blind hem streth stith Blnket stith R R J Hemming woven fris Hemming streth fri Appliqués, deortive lnket stith (/8) (0 - /4) Shell tuk edge Shell tuk edge finish on fris 4.0 (3/6) stith J * (0 - /4) Stin sllop Deorting ollr of louse, edge stith N * of hndkerhief Sllop stith N * Deorting ollr of louse, edge of hndkerhief Pthwork join Pthwork stithes, deortive stith J * stithing Pthwork doule overlok stith Couhing stith Smoking stith Fether stith J * J * Pthwork stithes, deortive stithing Deortive stithing, tthing ord nd ouhing 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) 7.0 (/4) (0 - /4) 4.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) J * Smoking, deortive stithing 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) J * Fgoting, deortive stithing 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) Fgoting ross Fgoting, ridging nd deortive stith J * stithing Tpe tthing Atthing tpe to sem in streth stith J * fri Ldder stith Rik-rk stith Deortive stith Serpentine stith 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) 4.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) J * Deortive stithing 4.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) J * Deortive top stithing 4.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) J * Deortive stithing 5.5 (7/32) (0 - /4) N * Deortive stithing nd tthing elsti 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) Deortive stithing nd ppliqué 6.0 (5/64) Deortive stith N * (0 - /4) Deortive Deortive stithing 7.0 (/4) stippling stith N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing Hemstithing Presser foot N * N * Applitions Deortive hems, triple stright t left Deortive hems, triple stright t enter Stith width [mm (inh)] Auto. Mnul.0 (/6) (0 - /4) 3.5 (/8) (0 - /4) Stith length [mm (inh)] Auto. Mnul.6 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 0.5 (/32) (/64-3/6).4 (/6) (/64-3/6).2 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6).2 (/6) (/64-3/6).6 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6).0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 3.0 (/8) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6).6 (/6) (/64-3/6).0 (/6) (/64-3/6).0 (/6) (/64-3/6).6 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) Twin needle NO NO NO OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) NO OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) NO OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) NO OK ( J ) OK ( J ) Reverse utton Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement B-48

59 Stith Setting Chrt Stith Stith numer Stith nme Hemstithing Deortive hems, top stithing 6.0 (5/64) zigzg N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing N * Deortive hems, le tthing pin stith 3.5 (/8) (0 - /4) Deortive hems 3.0 (/8) Deortive hems, disy stith 6.0 (5/64) Heirloom, deortive hems 5.0 (3/6) Heirloom, deortive hems 5.0 (3/6) Heirloom, deortive hems 5.0 (3/6) Heirloom, deortive hems 5.0 (3/6) Heirloom, deortive hems 4.0 (3/6) Hemstithing N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing N * (0 - /4) Honeyom Heirloom, deortive hems 5.0 (3/6) stith N * (0 - /4) Honeyom Heirloom, deortive hems 6.0 (5/64) stith N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing Heirloom, deortive hems 6.0 (5/64) N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing Heirloom, deortive hems 6.0 (5/64) N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing Heirloom, deortive hems 6.0 (5/64) N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing Heirloom, deortive hems 4.0 (3/6) N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing Heirloom, deortive hems 5.0 (3/6) N * (0 - /4) Hemstithing Hemstithing Hemstithing Hemstithing Nrrow rounded uttonhole stith Tpered round ended uttonhole stith Presser foot N * N * Deortive hems nd ridging stith Deortive hems. Fgoting, tthing rion 6.0 (5/64) (0 - /4) 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) N * Deortive hems, smoking 6.0 (5/64) (0 - /4) N * Deortive hems, smoking 5.0 (3/6) (0 - /4) A A Applitions Buttonhole on light to medium weight fris Reinfored wist tpered uttonholes Stith width [mm (inh)] Auto. Mnul 5.0 (3/6) (/8-3/6) 5.0 (3/6) (/8-3/6) Stith length [mm (inh)] Auto. Mnul 3.0 (/8) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 3.5 (/8) (/64-3/6) 3.0 (/8) (/64-3/6) 3.5 (/8) (/64-3/6) 3.5 (/8) (/64-3/6) 3.5 (/8) (/64-3/6) 4.0 (3/6) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 3.5 (/8) (/64-3/6).6 (/6) (/64-3/6) 3.0 (/8) (/64-3/6) 4.0 (3/6) (/64-3/6) 2.5 (3/32) (/64-3/6) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 3.0 (/8) (/64-3/6).6 (/6) (/64-3/6).6 (/6) (/64-3/6) 0.4 (/64) (/64 - /6) 0.4 (/64) (/64 - /6) Twin needle OK ( J ) NO NO NO NO NO OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) NO OK ( J ) NO OK ( J ) OK ( J ) OK ( J ) NO NO NO NO Reverse utton Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement B STARTING TO SEW Bsi opertions B-49

60 Stith Setting Chrt Stith Stith numer Stith nme Round ended uttonhole stith Nrrow squred uttonhole stith Streth uttonhole stith Heirloom uttonhole stith Bound uttonhole stith Keyhole uttonhole stith Tpered keyhole uttonhole stith Keyhole uttonhole stith Drning stith Drning stith Br tk stith Button sewing stith Eyelet stith Reverse (Stright stith) Sidewys to left (Stright stith) Presser foot A A A A A A A A A A A M N N N Applitions Buttonholes with vertil r tk in hevyweight fris Buttonholes for light to medium weight fris Buttonholes for streth or woven fris Buttonholes for heirloom nd streth fris The first step in mking ound uttonholes Buttonholes in hevyweight or thik fris for lrger flt uttons Buttonholes in medium to hevy weight fris for lrger flt uttons Buttonholes with vertil r tk for reinforement in hevyweight or thik fris Auto. Mnul 5.0 (3/6) (/8-3/6) 5.0 (3/6) (/8-3/6) 6.0 (5/64) (/8-5/64) 6.0 (5/64) (/8-5/64) 5.0 (3/6) (0-5/64) 7.0 (/4) (/8 - /4) 7.0 (/4) (/8 - /4) 7.0 (/4) (/8 - /4) Drning of medium weight fri 7.0 (/4) (3/32 - /4) Drning of hevyweight fri 7.0 (/4) (3/32 - /4) Reinforement t opening of poket, et. 2.0 (/6) (/6 - /8) Atthing uttons 3.5 (/8) (3/32-3/6) For mking eyelets, holes on elts, et. Stith width [mm (inh)] 7.0 (/4) (/4 5/64 3/6) Stith length [mm (inh)] Auto. Mnul 0.4 (/64) (/64 - /6) 0.4 (/64) (/64 - /6).0 (/6) (/32 - /6).5 (/6) (/6 - /8) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/6) 0.5 (/32) (/64 - /6) 0.5 (/32) (/64 - /6) 0.5 (/32) (/64 - /6) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/32) 2.0 (/6) (/64-3/32) 0.4 (/64) (/64 - /6) NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO 7.0 (/4) (/4 5/64 3/6) Twin needle For tthing ppliqué on tuulr piees of fri nd mitering orners NO For tthing ppliqué on tuulr piees of fri NO NO Reverse utton Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Automti reinforement Reinforement Reinforement 5-03 Sidewys to right (Stright stith) N For tthing ppliqué on tuulr piees of fri NO Reinforement Forwrd (Stright stith) Sidewys to left (Zigzg stith) N N For tthing ppliqué on tuulr piees of fri nd mitering orners NO For tthing ppliqué on tuulr piees of fri NO Reinforement Reinforement 5-06 Sidewys to right (Zigzg stith) N For tthing ppliqué on tuulr piees of fri NO Reinforement Forwrd (Zigzg stith) Reverse (Zigzg stith) N N For tthing ppliqué on tuulr piees of fri nd mitering orners For tthing ppliqué on tuulr piees of fri nd mitering orners NO NO Reinforement Reinforement B-50

61 Emroidery Step y Step Chpter 3 STARTING TO EMBROIDER B Emroidery Step y Step Follow the steps elow to prepre the mhine for emroidery. Step 9 STARTING TO EMBROIDER Step 3 Step 7, 8 Step, 2 Step 5 Step 6 Step 4 Step # Aim Ation Pge Presser foot tthment Atth emroidery foot Q. B-52 2 Cheking the needle Use needle 75/ for emroidery. * B-30 3 Emroidery unit tthment Atth the emroidery unit. B-54 4 Boin thred setup For the oin thred, wind emroidery oin thred nd set it in ple. B-20 5 Fri preprtion Atth stilizer mteril to the fri, nd hoop it in the emroidery frme. B-58 6 Emroidery frme tthment Atth the emroidery frme to the emroidery unit. B-62 7 Pttern seletion Turn the min power to on, nd selet n emroidery pttern. B-64 8 Cheking the lyout Chek nd djust the size nd position of the emroidery. B-65 9 Emroidery thred setup Set up emroidery thred ording to the pttern. B-66 * It is reommended tht 90/4 needle for emroidery should e used when emroidering on hevy weight fris or stilizing produts (for exmple; denim, puffy fom, et.). Bll point needle (golden olored) 90/4 is not reommended for emroidery. Bsi opertions B-5

62 Atthing the Emroidery Foot Atthing the Emroidery Foot CAUTION Be sure to use emroidery foot when doing emroidery. Using nother presser foot my use the needle to strike the presser foot, using the needle to end or rek nd possily use injury. f Hold the emroidery foot with your right hnd, s shown. Hold the emroidery foot with your index finger wrpped round the lever t the k of the foot. Press (Needle position utton) to rise the needle. Press. The sreen hnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re loked (exept ). g Lever 2 Emroidery foot r While pressing in the lever with your finger fit the emroidery foot r over the needle lmp srew nd then fit the presser foot holder srew into the presser foot mounting noth to tth the emroidery foot to the presser foot r. Rise the presser foot lever. d Press the lk utton on the presser foot holder to remove the presser foot. Emroidery foot r 2 Needle lmp srew 3 Mounting noth Blk utton 2 Presser foot holder Seure the emroidery foot with the presser foot h holder srew. Set the emroidery foot perpendiulr. e Use the inluded srewdriver to loosen the presser foot holder srew, nd then remove the presser foot holder. The presser foot holder srew n lso e loosened or tightened with the dis-shped srewdriver. Presser foot holder srew Srewdriver 2 Presser foot holder 3 Presser foot holder srew B-52

63 Atthing the Emroidery Foot i Hold the emroidery foot in ple with your right hnd, nd then use the inluded srewdriver to seurely tighten the presser foot holder srew. B CAUTION Use the inluded srewdriver to firmly tighten the srew of the emroidery foot. If the srew is loose, the needle my strike the presser foot nd possily use injury. STARTING TO EMBROIDER j Press to unlok ll keys nd uttons. Bsi opertions B-53

64 Atthing the Emroidery Unit Atthing the Emroidery Unit CAUTION Do not move the mhine with the emroidery unit in ple. The emroidery unit my e dropped nd use injury. Keep your hnds nd other ojets wy from the emroidery rrige nd frme. Otherwise injury my result. Note Do not touh the onnetor in the emroidery unit onnetor slot. The onnetor ould e dmged, nd it my use mlfuntions. Do not lift up on the emroidery rrige, nd do not forefully move it. It my use mlfuntions. Pull the flt ed tthment off to the left. Slide the t on the over of the onnetion port in the diretion of the rrow to open the over. d Note Be sure to lose the over of the onnetion port when the emroidery unit is not eing used. Insert the emroidery unit onnetor into the onnetion port, nd then lightly push in the emroidery unit until it snps into ple. Turn off the mhine. CAUTION Before tthing the emroidery unit, e sure to turn off the mhine. Otherwise, injuries my our if one of the opertion uttons is identlly pressed nd the mhine strts sewing. Connetion port 2 Emroidery unit onnetor Note Mke sure tht there is no gp etween the emroidery unit nd the mhine, otherwise the emroidery pttern my not e sewn orretly. Be sure to fully insert the onnetor into the onnetion port. Do not push on the rrige when tthing the emroidery unit to the mhine, otherwise dmge to the emroidery unit my result. Turn on the mhine. e A messge ppers in the sreen. B-54

65 f Be sure tht no ojets or hnds re ner the emroidery unit nd press. Atthing the Emroidery Unit Removing the emroidery unit Mke sure tht the mhine is ompletely stopped nd follow the instrutions elow. Remove the emroidery frme. For detils on removing the emroidery frme, refer to Atthing the Emroidery Frme on pge B-62. B The rrige moves to its initil position. Press, nd then press. STARTING TO EMBROIDER Crrige CAUTION Keep your hnds nd foreign ojets wy from the emroidery rrige nd frme when the mhine is emroidering. Otherwise, injury my result. The emroidery rrige moves into position where it n e stored. Turn off the mhine. CAUTION Alwys turn off the mhine efore removing the emroidery unit. It my use mlfuntions if removed when the mhine is turned on. Note If the mhine ws not initilized orretly, the initil sreen my not pper. This is not sign of mlfuntion. If this ours, turn the mhine off, then on gin. The sreen for seleting the emroidery pttern type is displyed. For detils on the emroidery ptterns, refer to Seleting Emroidery Ptterns on pge B-64. Memo Utility stithes nnot e seleted when the emroidery unit is tthed. Bsi opertions B-55

66 Atthing the Emroidery Unit d Hold the relese utton on the ottom left of the emroidery unit, nd slowly pull the emroidery unit to the left. Relese utton CAUTION Do not rry the emroidery unit y holding the relese utton omprtment. B-56

67 Emroidery Attrtive Finishes Emroidery Attrtive Finishes There re mny ftors tht go into eutiful emroidery. Using the pproprite stilizer (pge B-58) nd hooping the fri in the frme (pge B-58) re two importnt ftors mentioned erlier. Another importnt point is the ppropriteness of the needle nd thred eing used. See the explntion of threds elow. Thred Upper thred Boin thred Use emroidery thred intended for use with this mhine. Other emroidery threds my not yield optimum results. Use emroidery oin thred intended for use with this mhine. Note Before emroidering, hek tht there is enough thred in the oin. If you strt to sew your emroidery projet without enough thred in the oin, you will need to rewind the oin in the middle of the emroidery pttern. Memo If you use threds other thn those listed ove, the emroidery my not sew out orretly. Boin se Two types of oin ses re inluded with this mhine. When emroidering, use the pproprite oin se depending on the oin thred tht will e used. See the explntion of oin se types elow. Stndrd oin se (reommended for sewing nd for emroidering with inluded 60 weight oin thred) Alternte oin se (for prewound or other emroidery oin threds suh s 90 weight oin thred) 2 Alternte oin se (no olor on the srew) The lternte oin se with no olor on the tension djustment srew is set with tighter tension for emroidery with different weights of oin threds nd vriety of emroidery tehniques. This oin se is identified with drk olored mrk on the inside of the oin vity. The tension srew on this se n e djusted if neessry. For detils on djusting thred tension, refer to Adjusting thred tension in the Emroidering setion. See Clening the re in the Appendix setion for how to remove the oin se. CAUTION When emroidering on lrge grments (espeilly jkets or other hevy fris), do not let the fri hng over the tle. Otherwise, the emroidery unit nnot move freely nd the emroidery frme my strike the needle, using the needle to end or rek nd possily use injury. Ple the fri so tht it does not hng off the tle or hold the fri to keep it from drgging. B STARTING TO EMBROIDER Stndrd oin se (green mrking on the srew) The stndrd oin se originlly instlled in the mhine hs green mrking on the tension djustment srew. We reommend using the inluded emroidery oin thred with this oin se. Do not djust the tension srew on this oin se with the green mrked srew. Note Do not leve ojets in the rnge of motion of the emroidery frme. The frme my strike the ojet nd use poor finish to the emroidery pttern. When emroidering on lrge grments (espeilly jkets or other hevy fris), do not let the fri hng over the tle. Otherwise, the emroidery unit nnot move freely, nd the pttern my not turn out s plnned. Bsi opertions B-57

68 Prepring the Fri Prepring the Fri CAUTION Use fris with thikness of less thn 3 mm (pprox. /8 inh). Using fris thiker thn 3 mm (pprox. /8 inh) my use the needle to rek. In the se of thik terry loth towels we reommend tht you ple piee of wter solule stilizer on the top surfe of the towel. This will help to redue the np of the toweling nd result in more ttrtive emroidery. Atthing iron-on stilizers (king) to the fri For est results in your emroidery projets, lwys use stilizer mteril for emroidery. Follow the pkge instrutions for the stilizer eing used. When using fris tht nnot e ironed (suh s terry loth or fris tht hve loops whih expnd when ironed) or in ples where ironing is diffiult, position the stilizer mteril under the fri without fusing it, then position the fri nd stilizer in the emroidery frme, or hek with your uthorized By Lok retiler for the orret stilizer to use. CAUTION Alwys use stilizer mteril for emroidery when sewing streth fris, lightweight fris, fris with orse weve, or fris whih use pttern shrinkge. Otherwise, the needle my rek nd use injury. Not using stilizer mteril my result in poor finish to your projet. Iron the iron-on stilizer mteril to the wrong side of the fri. Fusile side of stilizer 2 Fri (wrong side) Memo When emroidering on thin fris suh s orgndy or lwn, or on npped fris suh s terry loth or orduroy, use wter solule stilizer (sold seprtely) for est results. The wter solule stilizer mteril will dissolve ompletely in wter, giving the projet more ttrtive finish. Hooping the fri in the emroidery frme Types of emroidery frmes The types nd numers of supplied emroidery frmes will differ depending on the mhine model. Lrge Emroidery field 8 m 3 m (7 inhes 5 inhes) Use when emroidering ptterns etween 0 m 0 m (4 inhes 4 inhes) nd 8 m 3 m (7 inhes 5 inhes). Use piee of stilizer whih is lrger thn the emroidery frme eing used. Medium (sold seprtely with some models) Emroidery field 0 m 0 m (4 inhes 4 inhes) Use when emroidering ptterns under 0 m 0 m (4 inhes 4 inhes). Size of the emroidery frme 2 Iron-on stilizer (king) B-58

69 Prepring the Fri Smll (sold seprtely with some models) Emroidering field 2 m 6 m ( inh 2 - /2 inhes) Use when emroidering smll sized ptterns, suh s nme tgs. Multi-position (extr lrge) By tthing the multi-position (extr lrge) emroidery frme using ny of the three positions (, 2 nd 3) shown in the illustrtion, ptterns with mximum size of 3 m (5 inhes) 30 m (2 inhes) n e emroidered if divided into setions to e used in the ville positions of the hoop with eh setion the mximum of 8 m (7 inhes) 3 m (5 inhes) in ny setion. Mhine s emroidery field is 8 m 3 m (7 inhes 5 inhes). Use when emroidering onneted or omined hrters or ptterns or lrge ptterns. Top instlltion position 2 Middle instlltion position 3 Bottom instlltion position 4 Emroidery field (when instlled t position ) 5 Emroidery field (when instlled t position 2) 6 Emroidery field (when instlled t position 3) d e f Inserting the Fri Note If the fri is not seurely held in the emroidery frme, the emroidery design will sew out poorly. Insert the fri on level surfe, nd gently streth the fri tut in the frme. Follow the steps elow to insert the fri orretly. Loosen the emroidery frme djustment srew nd remove the inner nd outer frmes, pling the outer frme on flt surfe. Seprte the inner nd outer frme y removing inner frme upwrd. Inner frme 2 Outer frme 3 Adjustment srew Ple the fri with the stilizer mteril on top of the outer frme. Hve the right side of the fri fing up. B STARTING TO EMBROIDER Using the pproprite frme for the pttern size Selet frme tht is slightly lrger thn the pttern size. Aville frme options re displyed on the sreen. : Shows whether or not the lrge/multi-position (extr lrge) frme n e used. : Shows whether or not the medium frme n e used. : Shows whether or not the smll frme n e used. 2 Right side Press the inner frme in from the top of the fri. Line up on the inner frme nd on outer frme. White: Cn e used 2 Gry: Cnnot e used CAUTION If you use frme tht is too smll, the presser foot my strike the frme during sewing nd use injury or my dmge your mhine. d Tighten the djustment srew y hnd just enough to seure the fri. Bsi opertions B-59

70 Prepring the Fri e Gently remove the fri from the frme without loosening the djustment srew. Memo You n use the inluded srewdriver when you loosen or tighten the frme djustment srew. Using the emroidery sheet When you wnt to emroider the pttern in prtiulr ple, use the emroidery sheet with the frme. Memo This preutionry step will help redue pttern distortion while emroidering. With hlk penil, mrk the re of the fri you wnt to emroider. f Press the inner frme in from the top of the fri gin, lining up on the inner frme nd on outer frme. Emroidery pttern 2 Mrk Ple the emroidery sheet on the inner frme. g d Outer frme 2 Inner frme 3 Fri (right side) 4 Stilizer mteril Press the inner frme into the outer frme. Tighten the djustment srew while removing ny slk in the fri y hnd. The gol is to hve drum-like sound when the fri is struk lightly. Emroidery sheet 2 Inner frme 3 Emroidery sheet se lines Line the mrk on the fri up with the se line on the emroidery sheet. d Ple the inner frme with the fri on the outer frme nd djust the fri if needed to lign mrks on fri with the emroidery sheet. For detils, refer to pge B-59. B-60

71 Remove the emroidery sheet. e Prepring the Fri Emroidering rions or tpe Seure with doule-sided tpe or temporry spry dhesive. B Emroidering smll fris or fri edges Use n emroidery stilizer to provide extr support. After emroidering, remove the stilizer refully. Atth the stilizer s shown in the following exmples. We reommend using stilizer for emroidery. Rion or tpe 2 Stilizer STARTING TO EMBROIDER Emroidering smll fris Use temporry spry dhesive to dhere the smll piee of fri to the lrger piee in the frme. If you do not wish to use temporry spry dhesive, tth the stilizer with sting stith. Fri 2 Stilizer Emroidering edges or orners Use temporry spry dhesive to dhere the smll piee of fri to the lrger piee in the frme. If you do not wish to use temporry spry dhesive, tth the stilizer with sting stith. Fri 2 Stilizer Bsi opertions B-6

72 Atthing the Emroidery Frme Atthing the Emroidery Frme Note Wind nd insert the oin efore tthing the emroidery frme mking sure to use the reommended oin thred. Rise the presser foot lever to rise the presser foot. Note Be sure to ompletely insert oth pins. If only one of the pins is inserted, the pttern my not turn out orretly. Mke sure tht the noth on the side of the emroidery frme fits firmly under the end in the lever. While lightly holding the lever on the frme holder to the left, lign the two pins on the emroidery frme holder with the mounting rkets on the frme, nd then press the frme into the emroidery frme holder until lik is herd. Hold the lever lightly to the left. Noth on emroidery frme 2 Bend in lever 3 Crrige 4 Emroidery frme d Noth () fits firmly under the end in the lever (2). Lever Press the front mounting rket onto the pin until it fits into ple. Noth () does not fit firmly under the end in the lever (2). d Front mounting rket 2 Front pin Press the k mounting rket onto the pin. Bk mounting rket 2 Bk pin d Noth on emroidery frme 2 Bend in lever 3 Crrige 4 Emroidery frme CAUTION Corretly set the emroidery frme into the emroidery frme holder. Otherwise, the presser foot my hit the emroidery frme, resulting in injury. B-62

73 Atthing the Emroidery Frme Removing the emroidery frme Rise the presser foot lever to rise the presser foot. While pushing the lever of the emroidery frme holder to the left, slightly lift the k nd then the front of the emroidery frme up to ler the pins nd then remove. Hold the lever lightly to the left. Lever B STARTING TO EMBROIDER Remove the k mounting rket from the pin. Bk mounting rket 2 Bk pin Remove the front mounting rket from the pin. Front mounting rket 2 Front pin CAUTION Do not hit the needle with your finger or the emroidery frme. It my use injury or needle rekge. Bsi opertions B-63

74 Seleting Emroidery Ptterns Seleting Emroidery Ptterns Copyright informtion Press or to disply the desired pttern on the sreen. Press 4 times in this proedure. The ptterns stored in the mhine re intended for privte use only. Any puli or ommeril use of opyrighted ptterns is n infringement of opyright lw nd is stritly prohiited. Emroidery pttern types There re mny hrter nd deortive emroidery ptterns stored in the mhine's memory (see the Emroidery Design Guide for full summry of ptterns in the mhine's memory). You n lso use ptterns from USB flsh drive (sold seprtely). e Press, nd then. f d g h By Lok Exlusives 2 Emroidery ptterns 3 Florl lphet ptterns 4 Chrter ptterns 5 Frme ptterns 6 Press this key to position the emroidery unit for storge 7 Ptterns sved in the mhine's memory 8 Ptterns sved in USB flsh drive Seleting n emroidery pttern Pttern editing sreen ppers. Press. d For detils on pttern editing sreen, refer to Editing Ptterns in the Emroidering setion. Selet simple pttern uilt-in your mhine nd emroider for testing purposes. You n try vrious seletion of ptterns nd pttern editing in the Emroidering setion. Press in the pttern type seletion sreen. One the mhine hs finished the initiliztion nd the rrige hs moved to the strt position, the pttern type seletion sreen will disply. If nother sreen is displyed, press to disply the sreen elow. Emroidery settings sreen ppers. Press. e For detils on emroidery settings sreen, refer to Editing Ptterns in the Emroidering setion. Confirm the pttern position to e sewn, referring to Confirming the Pttern Position on pge B-65. Emroidering sreen ppers. B-64

75 Confirming the Pttern Position Confirming the Pttern Position The pttern is normlly positioned in the enter of the emroidery frme. If the pttern needs to e repositioned for etter plement on the grment, you n hek the lyout efore strting emroidery. Cheking the pttern position The emroidery frme moves nd shows the pttern position. Wth the frme losely to mke sure the pttern will e sewn in the right ple. Press on the emroidery settings sreen. Note Needle should e in the rised position efore pressing otherwise the following error messge will pper The needle is down. Press the needle position utton to rise the needle. When needle is rised this messge will then dispper. Press. Previewing the seleted pttern Press. B STARTING TO EMBROIDER From, press the key for the position tht you wnt to hek. Seleted position The rrige will move to the seleted position on the pttern. Memo To see the entire emroidering re, press. The emroidery frme moves nd shows the emroidery re. An imge of the pttern s it will e emroidered ppers. Press to selet the frme used in the preview. Frmes displyed in light gry nnot e seleted. Press to enlrge the imge of the pttern. The pttern n e sewn s it ppers in the following disply. Frme sizes displyed on sreen Disply Frme type nd emroidering re Lrge emroidery frme 8 m 3 m (7 inhes 5 inhes) Medium emroidery frme (sold seprtely with some models) 0 m 0 m (4 inhes 4 inhes) Smll emroidery frme (sold seprtely with some models) 2 m 6 m ( inh 2-/2 inhes) Press to return to the originl sreen. Bsi opertions B-65

76 Emroidering Emroidering After the preprtions re done, you n try emroidering. This setion desries the steps for emroidering nd ppliquéing. d Lower the presser foot, then press the Strt/Stop utton to strt emroidering. After 5-6 stithes, press the Strt/Stop utton gin to stop the mhine. Emroidering pttern Emroidery ptterns re emroidered with hnge of thred fter eh olor. Prepre emroidery thred of the olor shown on the sreen. e Trim the exess thred t the end of the sem. If the end of the sem is under the presser foot, rise the presser foot, then trim the exess thred. Emroidery olor order The thred olor numer set displyed for the thred olors n e hnged. Press, nd then hnge the setting in the settings sreen. For detils, refer to Chnging the thred olor disply on pge B-67. Set the emroidery thred, nd thred the needle. Refer to Threding the upper thred on pge B-23 nd Threding the needle on pge B-25. Note Before using the needle threder, e sure to lower the presser foot. Pss the thred through the emroidery foot hole, nd hold it lightly in your left hnd. Give the thred little slk. If the thred is left t the eginning of the stithing, it my e sewn over s you ontinue emroidering the pttern, mking it very diffiult to del with the thred fter the pttern is finished. Trim the thred t the eginning. Press the Strt/Stop utton to strt emroidering. f Stithing stops utomtilly with reinforement fter one olor hs een ompleted. When utomti thred utting is set, the thred is ut. CAUTION If the thred is pulled too tight, the needle my rek or end. Do not let hnds or ojets hit the rrige while sewing. The pttern my mislign. g Remove the thred for the first olor from the mhine. Thred the mhine with the next olor. B-66

77 Emroidering Repet the sme steps for emroidering the remining h olors. Thred olor nme B When the lst olor is sewn, the messge informing tht the emroidering is finished will pper on the disply. Press, nd the disply will return to the initil sreen. Memo For the utomti thred utting setting, refer to Using the utomti thred utting funtion (END COLOR TRIM) in the Emroidering setion. Cut the exess thred jumps within the olor. i Thred numer When the thred numer #23 is displyed, use d or to selet from six emroidery thred rnds pitured elow. STARTING TO EMBROIDER Chnging the thred olor disply You n disply the nme of the thred olors or emroidery thred numer. Memo Colors on the sreen my vry slightly from tul spool olors. Press. Emroidery (polyester thred) Country (otton thred)* Use or on opertion pnel to disply the thred olor seletions. Mdeir Poly (polyester thred) Mdeir Ryon Use or to selet the nme of the thred olors or the emroidery thred numer. Sulky Roison-Anton (polyester thred) * Depending on the ountry or re, otton-like polyester thred is sold. Press. e Bsi opertions B-67

78 Emroidering B-68

79 Sewing This setion desries proedures for using the vrious utility stithes s well s other funtions. It provides detils on si sewing in ddition to the more expressive fetures of the mhine, suh s sewing tuulr piees nd uttonholes. Pge numer strts with S in this setion. Chpter SEWING ATTRACTIVE FINISHES... S-2 Chpter2 UTILITY STITCHES... S-7 CAUTION Before repling the presser foot, e sure to press (Presser foot/needle exhnge key) on the opertion pnel to lok ll keys nd uttons, otherwise injuries my our if the Strt/Stop utton or ny other utton is pressed nd the mhine strts. For detils on hnging the presser foot, refer to Repling the Presser Foot in the Bsi opertions setion.

80 Sewing Tips Chpter SEWING ATTRACTIVE FINISHES Sewing Tips Tril sewing After you hve set up the mhine with the thred nd needle pproprite for the type of fri eing sewn, the mhine utomtilly sets the stith length nd width for the stith tht is seleted. However, tril piee of fri should e sewn sine, depending on the type of fri nd stithing eing sewn, the desired results my not e hieved. For the tril sewing, use piee of fri nd thred tht re the sme s those used for your projet, nd hek the thred tension nd stith length nd width. Sine the results differ depending on the type of stithing nd the numer of lyers of fri sewn, perform the tril sewing under the sme onditions tht will e used with your projet. Chnging the sewing diretion When the stithing rehes orner, stop the mhine. Leve the needle lowered (in the fri). If the needle remins up when the mhine stops sewing, press (Needle position utton) to lower the needle. Rise the presser foot lever, nd then turn the fri. Turn the fri using the needle s pivot. Sewing urves Sew slowly while slightly hnging the sewing diretion to sew round the urve. For detils on sewing with n even sem llowne, refer to Sewing n even sem llowne on pge S-3. When sewing long urve while using zigzg stith, selet shorter stith length in order to otin finer stith. Sewing ylindril piees Removing the flt ed tthment llows for free-rm sewing, mking it esier to sew ylindril piees suh s sleeve uffs nd pnt legs. Pull the flt ed tthment off to the left. Lower the presser foot lever nd ontinue sewing. Slide the prt tht you wish to sew onto the free rm, nd then sew from the top. When you re finished with free rm sewing, instll the flt ed tthment k in its originl position. S-2

81 Sewing n even sem llowne To sew n even sem, strt sewing so tht the sem llowne is to the right of the presser foot, nd the edge of the fri is ligned with either the right edge of the presser foot or mrking on the needle plte. Aligning the fri with the presser foot Sew while keeping the right edge of the presser foot fixed distne from the edge of the fri. Sewing Tips Aligning the fri with needle plte mrking The mrkings on the needle plte show the distne from the needle position of sem sewn with the stright stith (left needle position). Sew while keeping the edge of the fri ligned with mrking on the needle plte. The distne etween the mrkings in the upper sle is /8 inh (3 mm) nd the distne etween the mrkings in the grid is 5 mm (3/6 inh). For stithes with left needle position (Stith width: 0.0 mm) S Sem 2 Presser foot Aligning the fri with the stith guide foot Sew while keeping the right edge of the fri ligned with desired position of mrkings on the stith guide foot Sem 2 Presser foot 3 Centimeters 4 Inhes 5 Needle plte 6.6 m (5/8 inh) SEWING ATTRACTIVE FINISHES Sem 2 Stith guide foot 3 Mrkings Sewing S-3

82 Sewing Vrious Fris Sewing Vrious Fris Sewing thik fris If the fri does not fit under the presser foot The presser foot lever n e rised to two different positions. If the fri does not fit under the presser foot, for exmple, when sewing together thik fris, rise the presser foot lever to its highest position so tht the fri n e pled under the presser foot. While holding zigzg foot J level, push in nd hold the presser foot loking pin (lk utton on the left side), nd lower the presser foot lever. Presser foot loking pin (lk utton) Relese the presser foot loking pin (lk utton). d The presser foot remins level, llowing the fri to e fed. If the fri does not feed When sewing thik fri suh s denim or quilting, the fri my not feed t the strt of sewing if the presser foot is not level, s shown elow. In this se, use the presser foot loking pin (lk utton on the left side) of zigzg foot J so tht the presser foot remins level while sewing, llowing the fri to e fed smoothly. If the presser foot mislignment is too lrge, ple thik pper or fri (with the sme thikness s the fri eing sewn) under the heel of the presser foot to e le to strt sewing smoothly. After the sem is sewn, the presser foot will return to its originl ngle. Memo You my find djusting the Presser Foot Pressure in the settings sreen helpful on some thik fris. d CAUTION If fri more thn 6 mm (5/64 inh) thik is sewn or if the fri is pushed with too muh fore, the needle my end or rek. Sewing diretion 2 Mislignment 3 Fri eing sewn 4 Fri or thik pper Rise the presser foot lever. Align the eginning of stithing, nd then position the fri. S-4

83 Sewing Vrious Fris Sewing thin fris When sewing thin fris suh s hiffon, the stithing my eome misligned or the fri my not feed orretly. Move the needle (e sure to use fine needle) to the furthest left or right hnd position so tht the fri does not get pulled down into the feed dog re. If this ours or there is shrinkge of the stithing, ple non-woven wter-solule stilizer under the fri nd sew them together. Using the stright stith needle plte* nd stright stith foot* is lso effetive when sewing thin fris. * Sold seprtely. Sewing lethers or vinyl fris When sewing fris tht my stik to the presser foot, suh s lether or vinyl fris, reple the presser foot with the wlking foot*, non stik foot or roller foot*. * Sold seprtely. S Wter-solule stilizer (non-woven) Sewing streth fris First, ste the piees of fri together, nd then sew without strething the fri. If the stithing is misligned, ple nonwoven wter-solule stilizer under the fri nd sew them together. Lether If the lether or vinyl fri stiks to the flt ed tthment, sew with opy pper or tring pper pled on top of the flt ed tthment so the fri moves smoothly. If the pper is positioned so tht it does not over the needle plte, the pper will not e sewn together with the fri. SEWING ATTRACTIVE FINISHES Copy pper or tring pper Bsting For est results when sewing on knit fris use the streth stithes. Also e sure to use needle for knits (Bll point needle (gold olored)). The reommended stithes nd their stith numers re indited elow. Note The wlking foot n only e used with stright or zigzg stith ptterns. Do not sew reverse stithes with the wlking foot. When sewing with the wlking foot, sew t speed etween slow nd medium. When using the wlking foot, test sew on srp piee of lether or vinyl tht is to e used in projet to mke sure foot does not leve ny mrks. Stith Stith numers Sewing S-5

84 Sewing Vrious Fris Sewing hook-nd-loop fstener tpe CAUTION Use only the dhesive-free hook-nd-loop fstener tpe whih is designed for sewing. When the glue dheres to the needle or the oin hook re, it my use mlfuntion. If the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe is sewn with the thin needle (65/9-75/), the needle my end or rek. Note Before sewing, ste together the fri nd the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe. Mke sure tht the needle psses through the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe y turning the hndwheel nd lower the needle into the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe efore sewing. And then, sew the edge of the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe t slow speed. If the needle does not pss through the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe, reple the needle with the needle size for thiker fris. For detils, refer to Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions in the Bsi opertions setion. Edge of the hook-nd-loop fstener tpe S-6

85 Bsi Stithing Chpter 2 UTILITY STITCHES Bsi Stithing Stright stithes re used for sewing plin sems. Stith nme Stith Stith numer Bsting stith Stright stith (Left) -02 Stright stith (Middle) -03 Presser foot J Bsi stithing Bste or pin together the fri piees. Atth zigzg foot J. J Selet stith. S UTILITY STITCHES Stright stith (Middle) -04 d Lower the needle into the fri t the eginning of the stithing. Triple streth stith -05 Lower the presser foot lever, nd then strt sewing. e Bsting When sewing is finished, ut the thred. f Sew sting with stith length etween 5 mm (3/6 inh) nd 30 mm (-3/6 inhes). Atth zigzg foot J. J Selet stith. Strt sewing. Memo If the sting threds fll out of the fri, pull up the oin thred efore sewing, nd then pull the upper thred nd oin thred under the presser foot towrd the k of the mhine (refer to Pulling up the oin thred in the Bsi opertions setion). Hold the upper thred nd oin thred when eginning to sew, nd when finished sewing, ut the threds leving n exess mount of thred. Finlly, hold the upper thred nd oin thred t the eginning of the stithing while rrnging the fri. Sewing S-7

86 Bsi Stithing Chnging the needle position The needle position used s the seline is different for the stright stith (left needle position) nd the stright stith (enter needle position). 2 Stright stith (left needle position) 2 Stright stith (enter needle position) When the stith width of the stright stith (left needle position) is set to its stndrd setting (0.0 mm), the distne from the needle position to the right side of the presser foot is 2 mm (/2 inh). If the stith width is hnged (etween 0 nd 7.0 mm (/4 inh)), the needle position will lso hnge. By hnging the stith width nd sewing with the right side of the presser foot ligned with the edge of the fri, sem llowne n e sewn with fixed width Stith width setting 2 Distne from the needle position to the right side of the presser foot mm (/2 inh) mm (3/8 inh) mm (/4 inh) mm (3/6 inh) For detils, refer to Setting the stith width in the Bsi opertions setion. S-8

87 Blind Hem Stithing Blind Hem Stithing Seure the ottoms of skirts nd pnts with lind hem. Turn the skirt or pnts wrong side out. 2 Stith nme Stith Stith numer Blind hem stith 2-0 Blind hem streth stith Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of fri 3 Edge of fri 4 Bottom side Presser foot Fold the fri long the desired edge of the hem, nd press. <Seen 2-02 Memo When the size of ylindril piees is too smll to slide onto the rm or the length is too short, the fri will not feed nd desired results my not e hieved from the side> 3 Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of Fri 3 Edge of fri 4 Desired edge of hem <Thik fri> <Norml fri> R Use hlk to mrk on the fri out 5 mm (3/6 inh) from the edge of the fri, nd then ste it. Fold k the fri inside long the sting. d Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of fri 3 Edge of fri Desired edge of hem mm (3/6 inh) 6 Bsting 2 7 Bsting point e <Seen from the side> <Seen from the side> 4 Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of fri 3 Edge of fri 4 Desired edge of hem 5 5 mm (3/6 inh) 6 Bsting <Thik fri> <Norml fri> <Thik fri> <Norml fri> Unfold the edge of fri, nd position the fri with the wrong side fing up Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of fri 3 Edge of fri 4 Desired edge of hem 5 Bsting point 6 Bsting <Thik fri> <Norml fri> S UTILITY STITCHES <Seen from the side> Atth lind stith foot R. f Selet or. g Remove the flt ed tthment to use the free rm. h Sewing S-9

88 Blind Hem Stithing i j Slide the item tht you wish to sew onto the free rm, mke sure tht the fri feeds orretly, nd then strt sewing. Free rm Position the fri with the edge of the folded hem ginst the guide of the presser foot, nd then lower the presser foot lever. Memo Blind hem stithes nnot e sewn if the left needle drop point does not th the fold. If the needle thes too muh of the fold, the fri nnot e unfolded nd the sem ppering on the right side of the fri will e very lrge, leving n unttrtive finish. If you experiene either of these ses, perform the following instrutions to solve the prolem. If the needle thes too muh of the hem fold The needle is too fr to the left. Derese the stith width so tht the needle slightly thes the fold of the hem. Exmple: Thik fri Wrong side of fri 2 Fold of hem 3 Guide Exmple: Norml fri k Adjust the stith width until the needle slightly thes the fold of the hem. 2 Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of fri Needle drop point When you hnge the needle drop point, rise the needle, nd then hnge the stith width. Thik fri 2 Norml fri S-0

89 Blind Hem Stithing If the needle does not th the hem fold The needle is too fr to the right. Inrese the stith width so tht the needle slightly thes the fold of the hem. Exmple: Thik fri S Exmple: Norml fri UTILITY STITCHES l m Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of fri Sew with the fold of the hem ginst the presser foot guide. Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop sewing when you re finished, nd rise the presser foot nd needle to remove the fri y pulling it k. Note Be sure to pull the fri kwrd fter finished sewing. If you pull the fri towrd side or forwrd, the presser foot my e dmged. Remove the sting stithing nd reverse the fri. n 2 Wrong side of fri 2 Right side of fri Sewing S-

90 Oversting Stithes Oversting Stithes Sew oversting stithes long the edges of ut fri to prevent them from frying. Sewing oversting stithes using oversting foot G Stith nme Stith Stith numer Presser foot CAUTION After the stith width is djusted, rotte the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise). Chek tht the needle does not touh the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my rek nd use injury. -5 Oversting stith -6-7 G The needle should not touh the enter r If the presser foot is rised to its highest level, the needle my strike the presser foot. Atth oversting foot G. e Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop sewing when you re finished, nd rise the presser foot nd needle to remove the fri y pulling it k. G Selet stith. Position the fri with the edge of the fri ginst the guide of the presser foot, nd then lower the presser foot lever. d Guide Sew with the edge of the fri ginst the presser foot guide. Needle drop point S-2

91 Oversting Stithes Sewing oversting stithes using zigzg foot J Sewing oversting stithes using the side utter (sold seprtely) Stith nme Stith Stith numer Zigzg stith -09 Zigzg stith (Right) - Presser foot Using the side utter, sem llownes n e finished while the edge of the fri is ut off. Five utility stithes n e used to sew oversting stithes with the side utter. Note Thred the needle mnully when using the side utter, or only tth the side utter fter threding the needle using the needle threder. S 2 steps elsti zigzg stith 3 steps elsti zigzg stith J Stith nme Stith Stith numer -24 Presser foot UTILITY STITCHES Oversting stith With side utter S Single dimond overst stith Side utter -28 Atth zigzg foot J. J Selet stith. Sew long the edge of the fri with the needle dropping off the edge t the right. Remove the presser foot. Hook the onneting fork of the side utter onto the needle lmp srew. Needle drop point Conneting fork 2 Needle lmp srew Needle drop point Sewing S-3

92 Oversting Stithes Position the side utter so tht side utter pin is ligned with the noth in the presser foot holder, nd then slowly lower the presser foot lever. If the fri is not positioned orretly, the fri will not e ut. If the fri is not feeding properly, gently guide fri under foot the sme s with regulr sewing feet. Lower the presser foot lever, nd then strt sewing. i Noth in presser foot holder 2 Pin Note When it is hrd to set under the presser foot holder, fit the pin on the side utter into the noth of the presser foot holder rising up the presser foot lever higher. A sem llowne is ut while the stithing is sewn. If the stithing is sewn in stright line, the sem llowne will e out 5 mm (3/6 inh). d Rise the presser foot lever to hek tht the side utter is seurely tthed. e Pss the upper thred under the side utter, nd then pull it out towrd the rer of the mhine. 5 mm (3/6 inh) Memo The side utter n ut s muh s one lyer of 3-oz. denim. After using the side utter, len it y removing ny lint or dust. If the side utter n no longer ut fri, use piee of loth to pply smll mount of oil to the utting edge of the utter. Selet stith. f g Mke ut of out 2 m (3/4 inh) long in the fri t the eginning of the stithing. 2 m (3/4 inh) Position the fri so tht the right side of the ut is on h top of the guide plte nd the left side of the ut is underneth the presser foot. Guide plte S-4

93 Buttonhole Stithing/Button Sewing Buttonhole Stithing/Button Sewing Stith nme Stith Stith numer Nrrow rounded uttonhole stith Tpered round ended uttonhole stith Presser foot Buttonhole sewing The mximum uttonhole length is out 28 mm (-/8 inhes) (dimeter + thikness of the utton). Buttonholes re sewn from the front of the presser foot to the k, s shown elow. S Round ended uttonhole stith Nrrow squred uttonhole stith Streth uttonhole stith Heirloom uttonhole stith A UTILITY STITCHES Bound uttonhole stith 4-07 Keyhole uttonhole stith 4-08 Tpered keyhole uttonhole stith 4-09 Keyhole uttonhole stith 4-0 Button sewing stith 4-4 M Reinforement stithing The nmes of prts of uttonhole foot A, whih is used to rete uttonholes, re indited elow A Button guide plte 2 Presser foot sle 3 Pin 4 Mrks on uttonhole foot 5 5 mm (3/6 inh) Sewing S-5

94 Buttonhole Stithing/Button Sewing Use hlk to mrk on the fri the position nd length of the uttonhole. 2 Atth uttonhole foot A. Position the upper thred under the presser foot y guiding thred through the hole in the presser foot efore tthing the uttonhole foot A. Selet stith. d e Position the fri with the front end of the uttonhole mrk ligned with the red mrks on the sides of the uttonhole foot, nd then lower the presser foot lever. Mrks on fri 2 Buttonhole sewing Pull out the utton guide plte of uttonhole foot A, nd then insert the utton tht will e put through the uttonhole. A 3 2 Mrk on fri (front) 2 Red mrks on uttonhole foot 3 Upper thred When lowering the presser foot, do not push in the front of the presser foot. If the utton does not fit in the utton guide plte Add together the dimeter nd thikness of the utton, nd then set the utton guide plte to the lulted length. (The distne etween the mrkings on the presser foot sle is 5 mm (3/6 inh).) 2 3 Do not redue the gp. Memo If there is diffiulty in ligning the mrks, slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you to hek where the needle will enter the fri, nd then lign the mrk on the fri with tht point. Presser foot sle 2 Length of uttonhole (dimeter + thikness of utton) 3 5 mm (3/6 inh) Exmple: For utton with dimeter of 5 mm (9/6 inh) nd thikness of 0 mm (3/8 inh), the utton guide plte should e set to 25 mm ( inh) on the sle. 2 0 mm (3/8 inh) 2 5 mm (9/6 inh) The size of the uttonhole is set. S-6

95 Buttonhole Stithing/Button Sewing Pull down the uttonhole lever s fr s possile. f j Insert pin long the inside of one r tk t the end of the uttonhole stithing to prevent the stithing from eing ut. Buttonhole lever The uttonhole lever is positioned ehind the rket on the uttonhole foot. Buttonhole lever 2 Brket 2 k Pin Use the sem ripper to ut towrds the pin nd open the uttonhole. S UTILITY STITCHES g Gently hold the end of the upper thred in your left hnd, nd then strt sewing. Sem ripper For keyhole uttonholes, use the eyelet punh to mke hole in the rounded end of the uttonhole, nd then use the sem ripper to ut open the uttonhole. One sewing is ompleted, the mhine utomtilly sews reinforement stithes, then stops. Press (Thred utter utton) one. h Rise the presser foot, nd then remove the fri. Memo If the utomti thred utting setting ws seleted efore sewing, the mhine will utomtilly ut the threds t the end of the stithing. For detils, refer to Automtilly utting the thred in the Bsi opertions setion. When using the thred utter on the left side of the mhine or sissors to ut the threds, press (Needle position utton) to rise the needle, rise the presser foot, nd then pull out the fri efore utting the threds. Rise the uttonhole lever to its originl position. i Eyelet punh When using the eyelet punh, ple thik pper or some other protetive sheet under the fri efore punhing the hole in the fri. CAUTION When opening the uttonhole with the sem ripper, do not ple your hnds in the utting diretion, otherwise injuries my result if the sem ripper slips. Do not use the sem ripper in ny other wy thn how it is intended. Sewing S-7

96 Buttonhole Stithing/Button Sewing Chnging the density of the stithing Adjust the stith length. e Adjust the stith width to the thikness of the gimp thred. f g Lower the presser foot lever nd the uttonhole lever, nd then strt sewing. When sewing is finished, gently pull the gimp thred to remove ny slk. For detils, refer to Setting the stith length in the Bsi opertions setion. If the fri does not feed (for exmple, if it is too thik), derese the density of the stithing. Chnging the stith width Adjust the stith width. Use hndsewing needle to pull the gimp thred to the h wrong side of the fri, nd then tie it. Button sewing For detils, refer to Setting the stith width in the Bsi opertions setion. Sewing uttonholes on streth fris When sewing uttonholes on streth fris, use gimp thred. Memo Before sewing uttonholes, hek the stith length nd width y sewing tril uttonhole on srp piee of fri. Hook the gimp thred onto the prt of uttonhole foot A shown in the illustrtion. Buttons n e sewn on with the mhine. Buttons with two or with four holes n e tthed. Mesure the distne etween the holes in the utton to e tthed. Rise the presser foot lever, nd then slide the feed dog position swith, loted t the rer of the mhine on the se, to (to the left s seen from the rer of the mhine). It fits into the grooves, nd then loosely tie it. Feed dog position swith (s seen from the rer of the mhine) Atth utton fitting foot M. Atth uttonhole foot A. Selet stith. d Sine the end of the thred will e tied off lter, do not set the mhine for progrmmed thred utting. e Adjust the stith width so tht it is the sme s the distne etween the holes in the utton. Selet stith or. d S-8

97 Buttonhole Stithing/Button Sewing f Ple the utton in the position where it will e sewn, nd lower the presser foot lever. i Use sissors to ut the upper thred nd the oin thred t the eginning of the stithing. Pull the upper thred t the end of the stithing to the wrong side of the fri, nd then tie it with the oin thred. Button When tthing four-hole uttons, first sew the two holes losest to you. Then, slide the utton so tht the needle goes into the two holes towrd the rer of the mhine, nd then sew them in the sme wy. When you re finished tthing the utton, slide the j feed dog position swith, to (to the right s seen from the rer of the mhine) nd turn the hndwheel to rise the feed dogs. Memo The feed dogs ome up when you strt sewing gin. S UTILITY STITCHES g Turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise) to hek tht the needle orretly goes into the two holes of the utton. If it seems s if the needle will hit the utton, remesure the distne etween the holes in the utton. Adjust the stith width to the distne etween the uttonholes. Atthing shnk to utton To sew the utton with shnk, tth the utton with spe etween it nd the fri, nd then wind the thred y hnd. This tthes the utton seurely. Ple the utton into utton fitting foot M, nd then pull the shnk lever towrd you. CAUTION When sewing, e sure tht the needle does not touh the utton, otherwise the needle my end or rek. Strt sewing. h Set the sewing speed ontroller to the left (so tht the speed will e slow). Shnk lever After sewing is finished, ut the upper thred with plenty of exess, wind it round the thred etween the utton nd the fri, nd then tie it to the upper thred t the eginning of the stithing. Tie together the ends of the oin thred t the end nd t the eginning of the stithing t the wrong side of the fri. Cut off ny exess thred. The mhine utomtilly stops fter sewing reinforement stithes. Do not press (Thred utter utton). Sewing S-9

98 Zipper Insertion Zipper Insertion Stith nme Stith Stith numer Stright stith (Middle) -03 J, I Inserting entered zipper Stithing is sewn on oth piees of fri utted ginst eh other. Presser foot e Align the sem with the enter of the zipper, nd then ste the zipper in ple. Wrong side of fri 2 Bsting stithing 3 Zipper f Remove out 5 m (2 inhes) from the end of the sting on the outside Right side of fri 2 Stithing 3 End of zipper opening Atth zigzg foot J. Sew stright stithes up to the zipper opening. With the right sides of the fri fing eh other, sew reverse stithes fter rehing the zipper opening. g Wrong side of fri 2 Zipper sting 3 Outside sting 4 5 m (2 inhes) Atth the presser foot holder to the right pin of zipper foot I. Using sting stith, ontinue sewing to the edge of the fri. I Pin on the right side 2 Needle drop point Bsting stithing 2 Reverse stithes 3 Wrong side of fri 4 End of zipper opening d Press open the sem llowne from the wrong side of the fri. Wrong side of fri S-20

99 Zipper Insertion Selet stith. h CAUTION When using zipper foot I, e sure to selet the stright stith (enter needle position), nd slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise) to hek tht the needle does not touh the presser foot. If different stith is seleted or the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. Inserting side zipper Stithing is visile on only one piee of fri. Use this type of zipper pplition for side openings nd k openings. 2 S Topstith round the zipper. i Stithing 2 Right side of fri 3 End of zipper opening The following proedure will desrie how to stith on the left side, s shown in the illustrtion. Atth zigzg foot J. Sew stright stithes up to the zipper opening. With the right sides of the fri fing eh other, sew reverse stithes fter rehing the zipper opening. 3 UTILITY STITCHES Using sting stith, ontinue sewing to the edge of the fri. Stithing 2 Right side of fri 3 Bsting stithing 4 End of zipper opening CAUTION When sewing, e sure tht the needle does not touh the zipper, otherwise the needle my end or rek. Remove the sting stithing. j d 2 Bsting stithing 2 Reverse stithes 3 Wrong side of fri 4 End of zipper opening Press open the sem llowne from the wrong side of the fri. 4 3 Wrong side of fri Sewing S-2

100 Zipper Insertion e Press the sem llowne so tht the right side (the side tht will not e stithed) hs n extr 3 mm (/8 inh). i Sew the zipper to the piee of fri with the extr 3 mm (/8 inh), strting from the se of the zipper. 2 Wrong side of fri 2 3 mm (/8 inh) f Align the zipper teeth with the pressed edge of the fri hving the extr 3 mm (/8 inh), nd then ste or pin the zipper in ple. Zipper teeth 2 Bsting stithing 2 j CAUTION When sewing, e sure tht the needle does not touh the zipper, otherwise the needle my end or rek. When you re out 5 m (2 inhes) from the end of the zipper, stop the mhine with the needle lowered (in the fri), rise the presser foot lever. Open the zipper nd ontinue sewing. k g Atth the presser foot holder to the right pin of zipper foot I. If the stithing will e sewn on the right side, tth the presser foot holder to the left pin of the zipper foot. I 2 l Close the zipper, turn over the fri, nd then ste the other side of the zipper to the fri. Pin on the right side 2 Needle drop point Selet stith. h CAUTION When using zipper foot I, e sure to selet the stright stith (enter needle position), nd slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise) to hek tht the needle does not touh the presser foot. If different stith is seleted or the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. m Bsting stithing Atth the presser foot holder to the other pin of zipper foot I. If the presser foot holder ws tthed to the right pin in step g, hnge it to the left pin. I 2 Pin on the left side 2 Needle drop point S-22

101 Zipper Insertion Topstith round the zipper. n Sew reverse stithes t the end of the zipper opening nd lign the zipper teeth with the side of the presser foot S Right side of fri 2 End of zipper opening 3 Reverse stithes 4 Beginning of stithing 5 Bsting stithing CAUTION When sewing, e sure tht the needle does not touh the zipper, otherwise the needle my end or rek. UTILITY STITCHES o p When you re out 5 m (2 inhes) from the end of the zipper, stop the mhine with the needle lowered (in the fri), nd then rise the presser foot lever. Remove the sting stithing, open the zipper, nd then ontinue sewing. Sewing S-23

102 Zipper/piping Insertion Zipper/piping Insertion A zipper nd piping n e sewn in ple. Stith nme Stith Stith numer Presser foot e Slide the presser foot over to either the left or right feed dog. Stright stith (Left) -0 * * Adjustle zipper/piping foot. Inserting entered zipper Refer to step f of Inserting entered zipper on pge S-20. Remove the presser foot nd presser foot holder to tth the srew-on djustle zipper/piping foot. For detils on removing the presser foot holder, refer to Removing nd tthing the presser foot holder in the Bsi opertions setion. f Left sewing position Chnge the needle position so tht the needle does not touh the presser foot. For detils, refer to Setting the stith width in the Bsi opertions setion. Right sewing position Needle drop point Note Mke sure tht the thred etween the spool nd the oin is pulled tight. Selet stith. g CAUTION After djusting the needle position, slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise) nd hek the needle does not touh the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. Seurely tighten the positioning srew using srewdriver. d Loosen the positioning srew on the k of the presser foot. Positioning srew Positioning srew S-24

103 Zipper/piping Insertion Topstith round the zipper. h After sewing, turn them over. d S Stithing 2 Right side of fri 3 Bsting stithing 4 End of zipper opening UTILITY STITCHES CAUTION When sewing, e sure tht the needle does not touh the zipper, otherwise the needle my end or rek. Remove the sting stithing. i Inserting piping Ple the piping etween two lyers of fri, right sides together, s shown elow. 3 2 Fri 2 Piping 3 Fri Refer to the steps of tthing the djustle zipper/ piping foot on pge S-24. Sew long the piping. Sewing S-25

104 Sewing Streth Fris nd Elsti Tpe Sewing Streth Fris nd Elsti Tpe Stith nme Stith Stith numer Presser foot Atth zigzg foot J. J Stem stith steps elsti zigzg stith 3 steps elsti zigzg stith -3-4 Tpe tthing stith 2-3 J Selet stith. d Sew the elsti tpe to the fri while strething the tpe so tht it is the sme length s the fri. While pulling the fri ehind the presser foot with your left hnd, pull the fri t the pin nerest the front of the presser foot with your right hnd. Streth stithing Atth zigzg foot J. J Selet stith. Sew the fri without strething it. Elsti tthing When elsti tpe is tthed to the uff or wist of piee of lothing, the finished dimensions will e tht of the strethed elsti tpe. Therefore, it is neessry tht suitle length of the elsti tpe e used. CAUTION When sewing, e sure tht the needle does not touh ny pins, otherwise the needle my end or rek. Pin the elsti tpe to the wrong side of the fri. Pin the elsti tpe to the fri t few points to mke sure tht the tpe is uniformly positioned on the fri. 2 Elsti tpe 2 Pin S-26

105 Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing Stith nme Stith Stith numer Zigzg stith -09 Quilting ppliqué zigzg stith -33 Presser foot Ple pttern mde of thik pper or stilizer on the k of the ppliqué, nd then fold over the sem llowne using n iron. S Blnket stith 2-03 Quilting ppliqué stith -34 Pieing stith (Right) -29 Pieing stith (Middle) -30 Turn the fri over, nd then ste or fuse it onto the fri tht it will e tthed to. UTILITY STITCHES J Pieing stith (Left) -3 Pthwork join stith 2-07 Pthwork doule overlok stith 2-08 Couhing stith 2-09 Hnd-look quilting stith Quilting stippling stith Memo Ptterns showing Q in the tle ove re for quilting nd those showing P re for pieing. d Bsting stithing Note If glue is used to hold the ppliqué in ple on the fri, do not pply glue to res tht will e sewn with the mhine. If glue dheres to the needle or oin se, the mhine my e dmged. Atth the zigzg foot J or the open toe foot shown elow. Appliqué stithing J Cut out the ppliqué, leving sem llowne etween 3 nd 5 mm (/8 nd 3/6 inh). Zigzg foot J Selet stith. e Open toe foot Sem llowne Sewing S-27

106 Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing f Turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise), nd then egin sewing round the edge of the ppliqué, mking sure tht the needle drops just outside of the ppliqué. Pieing Sewing together two piees of fri is lled pieing. The fri piees should e ut with 6.5 mm (/4 inh) sem llowne. Sew pieing stright stith 6.5 mm (/4 inh) from either the right side or the left side of the presser foot. Bste or pin long the sem llowne of the fri tht you wish to piee together. Atth zigzg foot J. J When sewing round orners, stop the mhine with the needle in the fri just outside of the ppliqué, rise the presser foot lever, nd then turn the fri s needed to hnge the sewing diretion. Selet stith or. d Sew with the side of the presser foot ligned with the edge of the fri. For sem llowne on the right side Align the right side of the presser foot with the edge of the fri, nd sew using stith. Pthwork (rzy quilt) stithing Fold the edge of the top piee of fri nd ple it over the lower piee. Sew the two piees of fri together so the pttern spns over oth piees. 6.5 mm (/4 inh) For sem llowne on the left side Align the left side of the presser foot with the edge of the fri, nd sew using stith. 6.5 mm (/4 inh) Memo To hnge the width of the sem llowne (needle position), djust the stith width. For detils, refer to Setting the stith width in the Bsi opertions setion. S-28

107 Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing Pieing using the /4" quilting foot with guide (sold seprtely) This quilting foot n sew n urte /4 inh or /8 inh sem llowne. It n e used for pieing together quilt or for topstithing. Topstithing quilting, /8 inh Sew with the edge of the fri ligned with the left side of the presser foot end. Press guide., nd then tth the /4 quilting foot with Use the guide nd mrks on the presser foot to sew urte sem llownes. Pieing /4 inh sem llowne Sew keeping the edge of the fris ginst the guide. Surfe of fri 2 Sem 3 /8 inh Using the /4" quilting foot (sold seprtely) If the /4" quilting foot is used, sems n e sewn with sem llowne of 6.4 mm (/4 inh). S UTILITY STITCHES Guide 2 /4 inh Bste or pin long the sem llowne of the fri tht you wish to piee together. Atth the /4" quilting foot. Creting n urte sem llowne Use the mrk on the foot to egin, end, or pivot /4 inh from edge of fri. e e d Selet stith. d Align the mrk t the upper edge of the /4" quilting foot with the upper edge of the fri. Align the right edge of the fri with the right edge of the nrrow prt of the /4" quilting foot. 2 Align this mrk with edge of fri to egin. 2 Beginning of stithing 3 End of stithing 4 Opposite edge of fri to end or pivot 5 /4 inh Mrk on /4" quilting foot 2 Beginning of stithing When sewing with sem llowne, lign the left edge of the nrrow prt of the /4" quilting foot with the fri edge. Sem (3.2 mm (/8 inh)) Sewing S-29

108 Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing Strt sewing. e f When the end of the stithing is rehed, stop the mhine. Sew until the mrk t the lower edge of the /4" quilting foot ligns with the lower edge of the fri. Hook the onneting fork of the wlking foot onto the needle lmp srew. 6.4mm (/4 inh) 2 End of stithing 3 Mrk on /4" quilting foot 2 3 d Conneting fork 2 Needle lmp srew Lower the presser foot lever, insert the presser foot holder srew, nd then tighten the srew with the srewdriver. Quilting Sndwihing tting etween the top nd ottom lyers of fri is lled quilting. Quilts n esily e sewn using the wlking foot* nd the quilting guide*. * Sold seprtely. Note Thred the needle mnully when using the wlking foot, or tth the wlking foot only fter threding the needle using the needle threder. When quilting, use 90/4 home sewing mhine needle. The wlking foot n only e used with stright or zigzg stith ptterns. Do not sew reverse stithes with the wlking foot. When sewing with the wlking foot, sew t speed etween slow nd medium. When using the wlking foot, test sew on srp piee of fri tht is to e used in projet. Presser foot holder srew Selet stith. e f CAUTION Be sure to seurely tighten the srews with the srewdriver, otherwise the needle my touh the presser foot, using it to end or rek. Before strting to sew, slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise) nd hek tht the needle does not touh the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. Ple one hnd on eh side of the presser foot, nd then evenly guide the fri while sewing. Bste the fri to e quilted. Remove the presser foot nd the presser foot holder. For detils, refer to Removing nd tthing the presser foot holder in the Bsi opertions setion. S-30

109 Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing Using the quilting guide (sold seprtely) Use the quilting guide to sew prllel stithes tht re eqully sped. Insert the stem of the quilting guide into the hole t the rer of the wlking foot or presser foot holder. Wlking foot Using free motion open toe quilting foot O * or quilting foot* * Sold seprtely. The free motion open toe quilting foot O or quilting foot is used for free motion quilting with zigzg or deortive stithes or for free motion quilting of stright lines on fri with n uneven thikness. Vrious stithes n e sewn using free motion open toe quilting foot O. For detils on the stithes tht n e used, refer to Stith Setting Chrt in the Bsi opertions setion. S Presser foot holder Free motion open toe quilting foot O Quilting foot Slide the feed dog position swith, loted t the rer of the mhine on the se, to (to the left s seen from the rer of the mhine). UTILITY STITCHES Adjust the stem of the quilting guide so tht the guide ligns with the sem tht hs lredy een sewn. Free motion quilting We reommend tthing the foot ontroller nd sewing t onsistent speed. You n djust the sewing speed with the speed ontrol slide on the mhine. CAUTION With free motion quilting, ontrol the feeding speed of the fri to mth the sewing speed. If the fri is moved fster thn the sewing speed, the needle my rek or other dmge my result. Feed dog position swith (s seen from the rer of the mhine) The feed dogs re lowered. Selet stith. Remove the presser foot holder. For detils, refer to Removing nd tthing the presser foot holder in the Bsi opertions setion. d Atth the quilting foot y positioning the pin of the quilting foot ove the needle lmp srew nd ligning the lower-left of the quilting foot nd the presser r. Pin 2 Needle lmp srew 3 Presser r Note Mke sure tht the quilting foot is not slnted. Sewing S-3

110 Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing e f Hold the quilting foot in ple with your right hnd, nd tighten the presser foot holder srew using the srewdriver with your left hnd. Presser foot holder srew CAUTION Be sure to seurely tighten the srews with the inluded srewdriver. Otherwise, the needle my touh the quilting foot, using it to end or rek. Use oth hnds to streth the fri tut, nd then move the fri t onsistent pe in order to sew uniform stithes roughly 2.0 mm mm (pprox. /6 inh - 3/32 inh) in length. CAUTION When using free motion quilting foot C, e sure to use the stright stith needle plte nd sew with the needle in middle (enter) needle position. If the needle is moved to ny position other thn the middle (enter) needle position, the needle my rek, whih my result in injuries. Atth the stright stith needle plte (sold seprtely). For detils on tthing the stright stith needle plte, refer to instrution mnul supplied with the produt. Round hole Memo Notie this needle plte hs round hole for the needle. Slide the feed dog position swith, loted t the rer of the mhine on the se, to (to the left s seen from the rer of the mhine). Stith After sewing is finished, slide the feed dog position g swith lever to (to the right s seen from the rer of the mhine) nd turn the hndwheel to rise the feed dogs. Memo Do not e disourged with your initil results. The tehnique requires prtie. Using free motion quilting foot C (sold seprtely) Use the free motion quilting foot C with stright stith needle plte for free motion sewing. Free motion quilting foot C Feed dog position swith (s seen from the rer of the mhine) The feed dogs re lowered. Selet. Remove the presser foot holder. d For detils, refer to Removing nd tthing the presser foot holder in the Bsi opertions setion. S-32

111 Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing e Atth free motion quilting foot C t the front with the presser foot holder srew ligned with the noth in the quilting foot. After sewing is finished, slide the feed dog position h swith lever to (to the right s seen from the rer of the mhine) nd turn the hndwheel to rise the feed dogs. f Presser foot holder srew 2 Noth Note Mke sure tht the quilting foot is tthed properly nd not slnted. Hold the quilting foot in ple with your right hnd, nd tighten the presser foot holder srew using the srewdriver with your left hnd. Presser foot holder srew CAUTION Be sure to seurely tighten the srews with the inluded srewdriver. Otherwise, the needle my touh the quilting foot, using it to end or rek. Note Free motion open toe quilting foot O n lso e used with the stright stith needle plte. We reommend using free motion open toe quilting foot O with free motion sewing of fris of uneven thiknesses. When using the stright stith needle plte, ll stright stithes eome middle needle position stithes. You nnot hnge the needle position using the width disply. Memo Do not e disourged with your initil results. The tehnique requires prtie. Eho quilting using the free motion eho quilting foot E (sold seprtely) Sewing quilting lines t equl distnes round motif is lled eho quilting. The quilting lines, whih pper s ripples ehoing wy from the motif, re the distinguishing hrteristi of this quilting style. Use the optionl free motion eho quilting foot E for eho quilting. Using the mesurement on the presser foot s guide, sew round the motif t fixed intervl. We reommend tthing the foot ontroller nd sewing t onsistent speed. S UTILITY STITCHES g Use oth hnds to streth the fri tut, nd then move the fri t onsistent pe in order to sew uniform stithes roughly 2.0 mm mm (pprox. /6 inh - 3/32 inh) in length. Free motion eho quilting foot E mesurement Stith 6.4 mm (pprox. /4 inh) mm (pprox. 3/8 inh) Sewing S-33

112 Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing CAUTION With free motion quilting, ontrol the feeding speed of the fri to mth the sewing speed. If the fri is moved fster thn the sewing speed, the needle my rek or other dmge my result. Tighten the srew with the inluded srewdriver. e Slide the feed dog position swith, loted t the rer of the mhine on the se, to (to the left s seen from the rer of the mhine). Feed dog position swith (s seen from the rer of the mhine) The feed dogs re lowered. Selet. d CAUTION Remove the presser foot holder (see the Bsi opertions setion) nd the srew. Position the free motion eho quilting foot E on the left side of the presser r with the holes in the quilting foot nd presser r ligned. f Be sure to seurely tighten the srews with the inluded srewdriver. Otherwise, the needle my touh the quilting foot, using it to end or rek. Using the mesurement on the quilting foot s guide, sew round the motif. 6.4 mm (pprox. /4 inh) S-34

113 Appliqué, Pthwork nd Quilt Stithing Finished projet f While sewing, slide the sewing speed ontroller to djust the stith width. Slide the ontroller to the left to mke the width nrrower. Slide the ontroller to the right to mke the width wider. After sewing is finished, slide the feed dog position g swith lever to (to the right s seen from the rer of the mhine) nd turn the hndwheel to rise the feed dogs. Stin stithing using the sewing speed ontroller A deortive stith n e sewn y hnging the stith width of stin stith. If the mhine is set so tht the stith width n e djusted using the sewing speed ontroller, the stith width n quikly nd esily e djusted. In this se, the sewing speed is djusted with the foot ontroller. g Nrrower Wider Adjust the sewing speed with the foot ontroller. When you re finished sewing, set the stith width ontrol setting k to OFF. S UTILITY STITCHES Connet the foot ontroller. Atth zigzg foot J. J Memo Although the stithing result differs depending on the type of fri eing sewn nd the thikness of the thred eing used, for est results, djust the stith length to etween 0.3 nd 0.5 mm (/64 nd /32 inh). Press to disply the settings sreen, nd set Width Control to ON. The mhine is now set so tht the stith width n e ontrolled with the sewing speed ontroller. Press. d Selet stith. e Sewing S-35

114 Reinforement Stithing Reinforement Stithing Reinfore points tht will e sujet to strin, suh s sleeve holes, insems nd poket orners. Stith nme Stith Stith numer Presser foot Determine the desired length of the r tk. Set the utton guide plte on uttonhole foot A to the desired length. (The distne etween the mrkings on the presser foot sle is 5 mm (3/6 inh).) Triple streth stith -05 J Br tk stith Drning stith Triple streth stithing Use triple streth stithing to reinfore sleeve holes nd insems. Atth zigzg foot J. J A Presser foot sle 2 Length of r tk 3 5 mm (3/6 inh) A r tk with mximum length of out 28 mm ( /8 inhes) n e sewn. Atth uttonhole foot A. Selet stith. d Position the fri so tht the opening of the poket fes towrd you, nd then lower the presser foot lever so tht the needle drops 2 mm (/6 inh) in front of the poket opening. Selet stith. Strt sewing. Br tk stithing Br tks re used to reinfore points sujet to strin, suh s poket orners nd openings. As n exmple, the proedure for sewing r tks t poket orners is desried elow. 2 mm (/6 inh) Pss the upper thred down through the hole in the presser foot. When lowering the presser foot, do not push in the front of the presser foot, otherwise the r tk will not e sewn with the orret size. Do not redue the gp. S-36

115 Reinforement Stithing Pull down the uttonhole lever s fr s possile. e Drning Buttonhole lever The uttonhole lever is positioned ehind the rket on the uttonhole foot. S f Buttonhole lever 2 Brket 2 Gently hold the end of the upper thred in your left hnd, nd then strt sewing. Reinforement stithing Determine the desired length of the drning. Set the utton guide plte on uttonhole foot A to the desired length. (The distne etween the mrkings on the presser foot sle is 5 mm (3/6 inh).) UTILITY STITCHES g Rise the presser foot lever, remove the fri, nd then ut the threds. Rise the uttonhole lever to its originl position. h Memo If the fri does not feed, for exmple, euse it is too thik, inrese the stith length. For detils, refer to Setting the stith length in the Bsi opertions setion. 2 4 Presser foot sle 2 Length of drning 3 5 mm (3/6 inh) 4 7 mm (/4 inh) A r tk with mximum length of out 28 mm (-/8 inhes) n e sewn. One sewing is ompleted, the mhine utomtilly sews reinforement stithes, then stops. Atth uttonhole foot A. 3 Selet stith or. Sewing S-37

116 Reinforement Stithing d Position the fri so tht the needle is 2 mm (/6 inh) in front of the re to e drned. 2 Ter 2 2 mm (/6 inh) g Rise the presser foot lever, remove the fri, nd then ut the threds. Rise the uttonhole lever to its originl position. h Memo If the fri does not feed, for exmple, euse it is too thik, inrese the stith length. For detils, refer to Setting the stith length in the Bsi opertions setion. Pss the upper thred down through the hole in the presser foot, nd then lower the presser foot. When lowering the presser foot, do not push in the front of the presser foot, otherwise the drning will not e sewn with the orret size. Do not redue the gp. Pull down the uttonhole lever s fr s possile. e Buttonhole lever The uttonhole lever is positioned ehind the rket on the uttonhole foot. Buttonhole lever 2 Brket 2 f Gently hold the end of the upper thred in your left hnd, nd then strt sewing. S-38

117 Eyelet Stithing Eyelet Stithing Eyelets, suh s those on elts, n e sewn. Stith nme Stith Stith numer Eyelet stith 4-5 N Atth monogrmming foot N. Presser foot f Use the eyelet punh to ut hole in the enter of the eyelet. S Selet stith. Adjust either the stith width or the stith length to selet the desired eyelet size. When using the eyelet punh, ple thik pper or some other protetive sheet under the fri efore punhing the hole in the fri. Memo If thin thred is used, the stithing my e too open. If this ours, sew the eyelet twie efore removing the fri, one on top of the other. UTILITY STITCHES d mm (pprox. /4 inh) 2 6 mm (pprox. 5/64 inh) 3 5 mm (pprox. 3/6 inh) For detils, refer to Setting the stith width nd Setting the stith length in the Bsi opertions setion. Lower the needle into the fri t the eginning of the stithing, nd then lower the presser foot lever. Strt sewing. e One sewing is ompleted, the mhine utomtilly sews reinforement stithes, then stops. Sewing S-39

118 Atthing Pthes or Emlems to Shirt Sleeves Atthing Pthes or Emlems to Shirt Sleeves Use these stith ptterns to tth pthes or emlems to pnt legs, shirt sleeves, et. Stith nme Stith Stith numer Presser foot d Lower the needle into the fri t the eginning of the stithing, nd then strt sewing. Lower the needle t the upper-right orner. Reverse (Stright stith) 5-0 Sidewys to left (Stright stith) Sidewys to right (Stright stith) Forwrd (Stright stith) Sidewys to left (Zigzg stith) N e The fri is fed towrd the k of the mhine, s usul. After you hve sewn to the orner, stop the mhine, nd then selet stith. Strt sewing. f Sidewys to right (Zigzg stith) 5-06 Forwrd (Zigzg stith) 5-07 Reverse (Zigzg stith) 5-08 Insert the tuulr piee of fri onto the free-rm, nd then sew in the order shown in the illustrtion The fri is fed to the right. After you hve sewn to the orner, stop the mhine, g nd then selet stith. Strt sewing. h Remove the flt ed tthment. Atth monogrmming foot N. i The fri is fed forwrd. After you hve sewn to the orner, stop the mhine, nd then selet stith. Selet stith. Strt sewing. j The fri is fed to the left. S-40

119 Atthing Pthes or Emlems to Shirt Sleeves After you hve sewn to the orner, stop the mhine, k nd then selet stith gin. l After sewing 3 to 5 stithes t the eginning of the stithing, stop the mhine. Memo The feeding diretion of the fri differs depending on the stith tht is seleted. Be sure to guide the fri while mhine is sewing. S UTILITY STITCHES Sewing S-4

120 Deortive Stithing Deortive Stithing The utility stithes ontin the following deortive stithes. Stith nme Stith Stith numer Pthwork join stith 2-07 Pthwork doule overlok stith 2-08 Couhing stith 2-09 Shell tuk edge stith 2-04 Presser foot J Fgoting Stithing ross n open sem is lled fgoting. It is used on louses nd hildren's lothing. This stith is more deortive when thiker thred is used. Use n iron to fold the two piees of fri long their sems. Bste the two piees of fri, seprted y out 4 mm (3/6 inh), onto thin pper or sheet of wtersolule stilizer. If you drw line down the middle of the thin pper or wter-solule stilizer, sewing is esier. 3 Smoking stith 2-0 Fether stith 2- Fgoting ross stith 2-2 Stin sllop stith Thin pper or wter solule stilizer 2 Bsting stithing 3 4 mm (3/6 inh) Atth zigzg foot J. 2 Hemstithing J 3-0 Honeyom stith Hemstithing 3-2 N Selet stith or. d Set the stith width to 7.0 mm (/4 inh). e f Sew with the enter of the presser foot ligned long the enter of the two piees of fri Ldder stith 2-4 Rik-rk stith 2-5 J Deortive stith 2-6 Serpentine stith 2-7 N After sewing is finished, remove the pper. g S-42

121 Deortive Stithing Sllop stithing The wve-shped repeted pttern tht looks like shells is lled slloping. It is used on the ollrs of louses nd to deorte the edges of projets. Sew prllel stithing t intervls of m (3/8 inh). Atth monogrmming foot N. Selet stith. Stith long the edge of the fri, mking sure not to sew diretly on the edge of the fri. m (3/8 inh) Do not use reverse/reinforement stithing or thred utting. At the end of the stithing, the thred is pulled out out 5 m (2 inhes). Pull the oin threds to rete gthers. d Smooth the gthers y ironing them. S UTILITY STITCHES For etter results, pply spry strh onto the fri nd press with hot iron efore it is sewn. Trim long the stithes. d Selet stith, or. e Stith etween the stright stithes. f Be reful not to ut the stithes. Smoking The deortive stith reted y stithing or emroidering over gthers is lled smoking. It is used to deorte the front of louses or uffs. The smoking stith dds texture nd elstiity to fri. Atth zigzg foot J. Pull out the threds for the stright stithes. g J Selet the stright stith, nd then djust the stith length to 4.0 mm (3/6 inh) nd loosen the thred tension. For detils, refer to Setting the stith length nd Setting the thred tension in the Bsi opertions setion. For detils, refer to Pulling up the oin thred in the Bsi opertions setion. Sewing S-43

122 Deortive Stithing Shell tuk stithing The gthers tht look like shells re lled shell tuks. They re used to deorte trims, the front of louses or uffs mde of thin fris. Fold the fri long the is. Joining Deortive ridging stithes n e sewn over the sem llowne of joined fris. This is used when mking rzy quilt. Atth zigzg foot J. J Sew together the right sides of the two piees of fri, nd then open up the sem llownes. Atth zigzg foot J. 2 J Selet stith, nd then inrese the thred tension. d Sew while mking sure tht the needle drops slightly off the edge of the fri. 3 Wrong side of fri 2 7 mm (/4 inh) sem llowne 3 Stright stith Selet stith, or. d Turn the fri over so tht the right side fes up, nd then sew over the sem with the enter of the presser foot ligned with the sem. Needle drop point Right side of fri e Unfold the fri, nd then iron the tuks down to one side. S-44

123 Deortive Stithing Heirloom stithing When sewing with the wing needle, the needle holes re enlrged, reting le-like deortive stith. This is used to deorte hems nd tleloths on thin or medium weight fris in ddition to plin weve fris. Prtilly removing threds is lled drwnwork. This gives eutiful results with fris tht hve loose weve. Two wys to rete drwnwork re desried elow. Drwnwork (Exmple ) Instll the wing needle. S Use 30/705H 00/6 wing needle. For detils on instlling needle, refer to Repling the Needle in the Bsi opertions setion. The needle threder nnot e used with the wing needle, otherwise the mhine my e dmged. Mnully pss the thred through the eye of the needle from the front to the k. For detils, refer to Threding the needle mnully (without using the needle threder) in the Bsi opertions setion. Atth monogrmming foot N. Pull out severl threds from the fri. Atth monogrmming foot N. UTILITY STITCHES Selet stith. The stithes tht n e used re,,,,,,, or. Selet stith. d With the right side of the fri fing up, sew long the right edge of the fryed setion. d When sewing with the wing needle, selet stith width of 6.0 mm (5/64 inh) or less. Strt sewing. N CAUTION When sewing with the wing needle, selet stith width of 6.0 mm (5/64 inh) or less, otherwise the needle my end or rek. After djusting the stith width, slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise) nd hek tht the needle does not touh the presser foot. If the needle hits the presser foot, the needle my end or rek. Turn on mirrored stithing. e For detils, refer to Mirroring stithes in the Bsi opertions setion. The pttern displyed on the sreen is mirrored. f Sew long the other edge of the fryed setion so tht it looks like the previous stithing. N Turn off mirrored stithing. g Sewing S-45

124 Deortive Stithing Drwnwork (Exmple 2) Pull out severl threds from two setions of the fri, seprted y n unfryed setion of out 4 mm (3/6 inh). 4 mm (3/6 inh) Atth monogrmming foot N. Selet stith. Sew long the enter of the unfryed setion. d N S-46

125 Deortive sewing This setion provides instrutions on sewing hrter stithes nd deortive stithes s well s on djusting nd editing them. Pge numer strts with D in this setion. Chpter CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES...D-2 CAUTION Before repling the presser foot, e sure to press (Presser foot/needle exhnge key) on the opertion pnel to lok ll keys nd uttons, otherwise injuries my our if the Strt/Stop utton or ny other utton is pressed nd the mhine strts. For detils on hnging the presser foot, refer to Repling the Presser Foot in the Bsi opertions setion.

126 Seleting Stith Ptterns Chpter CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES Seleting Stith Ptterns Deortive stithes 2 Stin stithes 3 7 mm stin stithes 4 Cross stith stithes 5 Utility deortive stith ptterns 6 Chrters (Gothi font, Hndwriting font, Outline, Cyrilli font, Jpnese font) 7 Ptterns sved in the mhine s memory (pge D-6) 8 Ptterns sved in USB flsh drive (pge D-6) Seleting deortive stith ptterns/stin stith ptterns/7 mm stin stith ptterns/ross stith/utility deortive stith ptterns Chrters Exmple: Entering Blue Sky. Press. Selet the tegory of the pttern you wnt to sew. Press,,, or to selet font. Press the key of the stith pttern you wnt to sew. Use or to disply the previous/next pge. To selet different stith pttern, press. When the urrent stith pttern is ersed, selet the new stith pttern. Press t to hnge the seletion sreens. D-2

127 Seleting Stith Ptterns Press nd then enter B. Selet the orret hrter. Continully press nd ll hrters will e deleted. d Press / to disply l, u nd e, nd enter them. Press two times nd press to enter spe. e Adjusting the hrter sping The spe etween the hrters n e djusted. Press, nd then press. D f Press g Press two times nd enter S. Spe is jump stith Remove the jump stithes fter sewing. to disply k nd y, nd enter them. If you wnt to ontinue entering hrters in different font, press, nd then repet from step. Deleting hrters Press to delete the lst hrter entered. The hrter sping window ppers. Press or to djust hrter sping. Exmple: Eh setting equls speifi distne etween hrters. Vlue: 0 Vlue: 0 Vlue mm CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES Memo Chrters re deleted individully strting with the lst hrter entered. Memo The defult setting is 0. No numer less thn 0 n e set. Chnging hrter sping y this method, pertins to ll hrters. Sping hnges re vlid not only while entering hrters ut lso efore nd fter the entering of hrters. Deortive sewing D-3

128 Sewing Stith Ptterns Sewing Stith Ptterns Sewing ttrtive finishes To hieve ttrtive results when sewing hrter/deortive stithes, hek the tle elow for the proper fri/thred/needle omintions. Note Other ftors, suh s fri thikness, stilizer mteril, et., lso hve n effet on the stith, so you should lwys sew few tril stithes efore eginning your projet. It my e neessry to djust the pttern, depending on the type of fri eing sewn or the sewing speed. Adjust the pttern while sewing tril stithes on srp piee of fri tht is the sme s wht is used in your projet. Refer to Mking djustments on pge D-5. When sewing stin stith ptterns, there my e shrinking or unhing of stithes, so e sure to tth stilizer mteril. Guide the fri with your hnd to keep the fri feeding stright nd even during sewing. Bsi sewing Selet deortive/hrter stith pttern. Atth monogrmming foot N. Ple the fri under the presser foot, pull the upper thred out to the side, press (Needle position utton) to lower needle into fri nd then lower the presser foot. Fri When sewing on streth fris, lightweight fris, or fris with orse weves, tth stilizer on the wrong side of the fri. An lterntive would e to, ple the fri on thin pper suh s tring pper. Fri 2 Stilizer 3 Thin pper Thred #50 - #60 Needle With lightweight, regulr, or streth fris: the Bll point needle (golden olored) 90/4 With hevyweight fris: home sewing mhine needle 90/4 Presser foot Monogrmming foot N. Using zigzg foot J or other presser feet my give inferior results. Twin needle You n sew with twin needle (2/) when you selet 7 mm stin stith pttern. In this se, use zigzg foot J. Press the Strt/Stop utton to egin sewing. d CAUTION When sewing 7 mm stin stith ptterns nd the stithes re unhed, lengthen the stith length. If you ontinue sewing when the stithes re unhed, the needle my end or rek. For detils on djusting the stith length, refer to Setting the stith length in the Bsi opertions setion. Memo If the fri is pulled or pushed during sewing, the pttern my not turn out orretly. Also, depending on the pttern, there my e movement to the left nd right s well s front nd k. Guide the fri with your hnd to keep the fri feeding stright nd even during sewing. Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop sewing. e D-4

129 Sewing Stith Ptterns f Press (Reverse stith utton) or (Reinforement stith utton) to sew reinforement stithes. Mking djustments Your stith pttern my sometimes turn out poorly, depending on the type or thikness of fri, the stilizer mteril used, sewing speed, et. If your sewing does not turn out well, sew tril stithes using the sme onditions s the rel sewing, nd djust the stith pttern s explined elow. If the pttern does not turn out well even fter mking djustments sed on the pttern desried elow, mke djustments for eh pttern individully. Press nd selet the following pttern on 6/9. Memo When sewing hrter stithes, the mhine utomtilly sews reinforement stithes t the eginning nd end of eh hrter. D When sewing is ompleted, trim ny exess thred etween letters. Atth monogrmming foot N nd sew the pttern. CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES Note Be sure to use monogrmming foot N. Adjustments my not e mde orretly with ny other presser foot. Compre the finished pttern to the illustrtion of the orret pttern elow. Note When sewing some ptterns, the needle will temporrily puse in the rised position while the fri is fed due to the opertion of the needle r seprtion mehnism whih is used in this mhine. At suh times, liking sound different from the sound generted during sewing will e herd. This sound is norml nd is not the sign of mlfuntion. Deortive sewing D-5

130 Sewing Stith Ptterns d Press, nd then djust the pttern with the Fine Adjust Verti. or Fine Adjust Horiz. displys. If the pttern is unhed: Press in the Fine Adjust Verti. disply. The displyed vlue inreses eh time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will lengthen. If the pttern hs gps: Press in the Fine Adjust Verti. disply. The displyed vlue dereses eh time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will shorten. If the pttern is skewed to the left: Press in the Fine Adjust Horiz. disply. The displyed vlue inreses eh time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will slide to the right. If the pttern is skewed to the right: Press in the Fine Adjust Horiz. disply. The displyed vlue dereses eh time the utton is pressed nd the pttern will slide to the left. Sew the stith pttern gin. e If the stith pttern still omes out poorly, mke djustments gin. Adjust until the stith pttern omes out orretly. f Press to return to the originl sreen. D-6

131 Editing Stith Ptterns Editing Stith Ptterns You n rete just the finish you wnt using the editing funtions. Mke ptterns lrger or smller, mke mirror imges, et. Note Some editing funtions nnot e used with ertin stith ptterns. Only the funtions for the displyed keys re ville when pttern is seleted. D Chrter/deortive stith sreen Chrter/deortive stith editing sreen D A C B CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Pttern disply size Show the pproximte size of the pttern seleted. 00%: Nerly the sme size s the sewn pttern 50%: /2 the size of the sewn pttern 25%: /4 the size of the sewn pttern The tul size of the sewn pttern my differ depending on the type of fri nd thred tht is used. 2 Automti reverse/reinforement key Press this key to use the utomti reverse/reinforement stithing funtion. For detils, refer to Automti reinforement stithing in the Bsi opertions setion. 3 Automti thred utting key Press this key to set the utomti thred utting funtion. For detils, refer to Automtilly utting the thred in the Bsi opertions setion. 4 Memory key Use this key to sve stith pttern omintions. D-4, D-5 5 Imge key Press this key to disply n enlrged imge of the seleted stith pttern. D-0 6 Edit/stith swithing key Press this key to swith to the editing sreen for the hrter/deortive stith sreen. D-7 7 Horizontl mirror imge key After seleting the stith pttern, use this key to rete horizontl mirror imge of the stith pttern. D-8 8 Bk to eginning key When sewing is stopped, press this key to return to the eginning of the pttern. D-9 9 Single/Repet sewing key Press this key to hoose single stithes or ontinuous stithes. D-9 0 Size seletion key Use this key to selet the size of the stith pttern (lrge, smll). D-8 A Some of the following keys will pper, depending on the seleted stith pttern. Elongtion key When 7mm stin stith ptterns re seleted, press this key to hoose from 5 D-8 utomti length settings, without hnging the stith zigzg width or stith length settings. Thred density key After seleting the stith pttern, use this key to hnge the thred density of the D-9 pttern. Chrter sping key Press this key to hnge the sping of hrter ptterns. D-3 Deortive sewing D-7

132 Editing Stith Ptterns No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge B Step stith keys Use these keys to mke step stith ptterns. D-3 C Delete key When you mke mistke seleting stith pttern, use this key to delete the mistke. When you mke mistke in omining stith ptterns, use this key to delete stith ptterns. D Mnul djustment key Press this key to hnge the stith length, stith width, L/R Shift or thred tension. For detils, refer to Setting the Stith in the Bsi opertions setion. D-2, D-3 Chnging the size After seleting desired stith, press nd then press to hnge the size of the stith pttern. The stith pttern will e sewn in the size highlighted on the key. Chnging the length (for 7 mm stin stith ptterns only) When 7mm stin stith ptterns re seleted, press on the editing sreen to hoose from 5 utomti length settings, without hnging the stith zigzg width or stith length settings. Memo If you ontinue entering stith ptterns fter hnging the size, those ptterns will lso e sewn in tht size. You nnot hnge the size of omined stith ptterns one the stith pttern is entered. Exmple: Atul stith pttern size The size differs depending on the fri nd threds. Lrge size Creting horizontl mirror imge To rete horizontl mirror imge, selet stith pttern then press on the editing sreen. Smll size The stith pttern is inverted. D-8

133 Editing Stith Ptterns Sewing pttern ontinuously Press on the editing sreen to selet ontinuous sewing or single stith sewing. Memo Even if you selet new pttern fter hnging the thred density, the thred density remins the sme until you hnge it. You nnot hnge thred density for omined pttern fter dditionl ptterns re dded. The stith pttern turns ontinuous. Returning to the eginning of the pttern You n return to the eginning of the pttern fter tril sewing or when the stithing is sewn inorretly. Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop the mhine, nd then press on the editing sreen. D Memo To finish omplete motif while sewing the pttern ontinuously, you n press the key while sewing. The mhine will utomtilly stop when the motif is finished. Chnging thred density (for stin stith ptterns only) After seleting stin stith pttern, press on the editing sreen to selet your preferred thred density. Sewing returns to the eginning of the seleted pttern ( W ) from the point where sewing ws stopped. Memo If this key is pressed when sewing is stopped, ptterns n e dded t the end of omined stith pttern. (In this exmple,! is dded.) CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES Press the Strt/Stop utton to ontinue sewing. Low density ( ) High density ( ) CAUTION If the stithes unh when thred density is hnged to, return the thred density to. If you ontinue sewing when the stithes re unhed, the needle my end or rek. Deortive sewing D-9

134 Editing Stith Ptterns Cheking the imge You n disply n pproximte size imge of the seleted stith pttern. You n lso hek nd hnge the olors of the imge on the sreen. Press. An imge of the seleted pttern is displyed. Press to hnge the thred olor in the imge to red, lue, or lk. The olor hnges every time you press the utton. Press to disply the enlrged imge. Use / / / to view ny prt of the imge tht d extends out of the viewle disply re. e Press to return to the originl sreen. Memo You n lso sew from this sreen when the presser foot symol is displyed. Imge of some ptterns will disply in defult size only. D-0

135 Comining Stith Ptterns Comining Stith Ptterns You n omine mny vrieties of stith ptterns, suh s hrter stithes, ross stithes or stin stithes. You n lso omine stith ptterns of different sizes, mirror imge stith ptterns nd others. d Press. Selet the following pttern on /2. e Before omining Single stith sewing is utomtilly seleted for sewing omined ptterns. If you wnt to sew the pttern ontinuously, press to hnge fter seleting the stith pttern omintion. When hnging sizes, reting mirror imges, or mking other djustments to omined stith pttern, e sure to edit the seleted stith pttern efore seleting the next one. You nnot edit stith pttern one the next stith pttern is seleted. Comining vrious stith ptterns Exmple: Press to disply editing sreen, nd then press. f The entered pttern is repeted. D CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES Press. Memo Ptterns re deleted individully strting with the lst pttern entered y pressing. Comining lrge nd smll stith ptterns Selet the following pttern on 4/9. Press desired pttern. The lrge size stith will e seleted. Press to disply editing sreen, nd then press. The stith turns to single pttern. Press. The disply returns to the stith seletion sreen. Press to disply the previous sreen, nd selet the sme pttern gin. Deortive sewing D-

136 Comining Stith Ptterns d Press to disply editing sreen gin, nd then press. The pttern is displyed in smller size. Note Some stith ptterns nnot e flipped. If stith pttern tht nnot e flipped is seleted, in the editing sreen ppers in light gry nd is not ville. e Press. The entered pttern is repeted. e Press. The entered pttern is repeted. Comining stith ptterns of different length Exmple: Comining horizontl mirror imge stith ptterns Press desired pttern. Press to disply editing sreen, nd then press. Press. The stith turns to single pttern. Press the following pttern on 2/3. Press to disply the previous sreen, nd selet the sme pttern gin. d Press to disply editing sreen gin, nd then press. Press to disply editing sreen, nd then press. The stith turns to single pttern. d Press one. The pttern is flipped long vertil xis. The length of the imge is set to. D-2

137 Comining Stith Ptterns e Press to disply the previous sreen, nd selet the sme pttern gin. Press to disply editing sreen, nd then press. f Press to disply editing sreen gin, nd then three times. The next stith pttern will move to the right. The length of the imge is set to. g Press. The entered pttern is repeted. Mking step stith ptterns You n use the keys to rete step effet. Stith ptterns sewn so tht they rete step effet re lled step stith ptterns. Press these keys to shift the stith pttern to the left or right y hlf width of the pttern. Exmple: d Press to disply the previous sreen, nd selet the sme pttern gin. e Press to disply editing sreen gin, nd then press. The next stith pttern will move to the left. D CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES Press. Press the following pttern on 2/3. f Press. The entered pttern is repeted. More Exmples Deortive sewing D-3

138 Using The Memory Funtion Using The Memory Funtion Stith dt preutions Oserve the following preutions when using stith dt other thn wht ws reted nd sved in this mhine. Types of stith dt tht n e used In the Chrter/Deortive Stith memory,.pmv,.pmx nd.pmu stith dt files n e used with this mhine..pmu or.pmx stith dt files n e retrieved; however, when the mhine is used to sve the file, it is sved s.pmv stith dt file. Using dt other thn wht ws reted using this mhine or the mhine whih rete.pmv,.pmx or.pmu dt file, my use the mhine to mlfuntion. Types of USB medi tht n e used Stith dt n e sved to or relled from USB flsh drive of ny size. Note Only USB flsh drive n e onneted to the USB port on this mhine. Some USB flsh drives my not e usle with this mhine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. The ess lmp will egin linking fter inserting USB flsh drive, nd it will tke out 5 to 6 seonds to reognize the Medi. (Time will differ depending on the USB flsh drive). For dditionl informtion, refer to the instrution mnul inluded with the USB flsh drive tht you hve purhsed. Preutions when using the omputer to sve dt If the nme of the stith dt file/folder nnot e identified, for exmple, euse the nme ontins speil hrters, the file/folder is not displyed. If this ours, hnge the nme of the file/folder. We reommend using the 26 letters of the lphet (upperse nd lowerse), the numers 0 through 9, -, nd _. Stith dt in folder reted in USB flsh drive n e retrieved. To rete file folders, use omputer. Sving stith ptterns in the mhine s memory You n sve often used stith ptterns in the mhine s memory. Up to 5 stith ptterns ( totl of out 28 KB) n e sved in the mhine s memory. Note Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving... sreen is displyed. You will lose the stith pttern you re sving. Memo It tkes few seonds to sve stith pttern. See pge D-6 for informtion on retrieving sved stith pttern. Press. Press. Press to return to the originl sreen without sving. The Sving... sreen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl sreen utomtilly. D-4

139 Using The Memory Funtion If the memory is full If the following sreen ppers while you re trying to sve pttern on the mhine s memory, the memory is too full to hold the urrently seleted stith pttern. To sve the stith pttern in the mhine s memory, you hve to delete previously sved stith pttern. Press. Press sving. to return to the originl sreen without Sving stith ptterns to USB flsh drive When sending stith ptterns from the mhine to USB flsh drive, plug the USB flsh drive into the mhine s USB port. Memo USB flsh drive is ommerilly ville, ut some USB flsh drives my not e usle with this mhine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. The USB flsh drive n e inserted or removed t ny time exept when sving or deleting. Press. D Choose stith pttern to delete. Press / to move to the previous/next pge. Press if you deide not to delete the stith pttern. Press. Insert the USB flsh drive into the USB port on the mhine. CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES USB port 2 USB flsh drive A onfirmtion messge ppers. d Press. If you deide not to delete the stith pttern, press. Note The proessing speed my vry y quntity of dt. Press. The mhine deletes the stith pttern, then utomtilly sves the new stith pttern. Press to return to the originl sreen without sving. The Sving... sreen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl sreen utomtilly. The pttern is sved in folder leled Poket. Note Do not insert or remove USB flsh drive while Sving... sreen is displyed. You will lose some or ll of the pttern you re sving. Deortive sewing D-5

140 Using The Memory Funtion Retrieving stith ptterns from the mhine s memory Press. Relling from USB flsh drive You n rell speifi stith pttern from USB flsh drive. If the stith pttern is in folder, hek eh folder to find the stith pttern. Insert the USB flsh drive into the USB port on the mhine. The poket seletion sreen will then pper. Choose stith pttern to retrieve. If the entire sved stith pttern is not displyed, press the thumnil. USB port 2 USB flsh drive Press. Press to return to the originl sreen without seleting pttern. Press. Selet the pttern. If the stith pttern to e retrieved is in folder, press the key for tht folder. Press / to move to the previous/next pge. Press relling. to return to the originl sreen without The seleted stith pttern is retrieved nd the hrter/deortive stith editing sreen will e displyed. Press to delete the stith pttern. Note When you press, the seleted pttern will e deleted permnently from the mhine's memory. Stith ptterns within folder re displyed. 2 Folder nme 2 Stith ptterns in folder show only the first pttern of ny omined ptterns. Press to return to the previous sreen. Use the omputer to rete folders. Folders nnot e reted with the mhine. Press the key of the stith pttern you wnt to rell. d D-6

141 Using The Memory Funtion e Press. Press to delete the stith pttern. The pttern will e deleted from the USB flsh drive. The seleted stith pttern is relled nd the hrter/deortive stith editing sreen will e displyed. D CHARACTER / DECORATIVE STITCHES Deortive sewing D-7

142 Using The Memory Funtion D-8

143 Emroidering This setion provides instrution to emroider designs with this mhine. Pge numer strts with E in this setion. The sreen disply nd mhine illustrtion my vry slightly, depending on the ountries or regions. Chpter EMBROIDERY... E-2

144 Seleting Ptterns Chpter EMBROIDERY Seleting Ptterns Prepre the mhine for emroidery ording to the instrutions on STARTING TO EMBROIDER of Bsi opertions. Press. f d By Lok Exlusives 2 Emroidery ptterns 3 Florl lphet ptterns 4 Chrter ptterns 5 Frme ptterns 6 Press this key to position the emroidery unit for storge. 7 Ptterns sved in the mhine s memory (pge E-32) 8 Ptterns sved in USB flsh drive (pge E-33) g h e d The pttern seleted is outlined in red. Proeed to Editing Ptterns on pge E-5 to edit the pttern. Seleting hrter ptterns Exmple: Entering We Fly. Press. Press the key of the font you wnt to emroider. Memo See inluded Emroidery Design Guide for more informtion on eh tegory s seletion sreen. Seleting emroidery ptterns/by Lok Exlusives /florl lphet ptterns Selet the tegory of the pttern. Press the key of the desired pttern. The pttern is displyed in the left prt of the sreen. E-2

145 Seleting Ptterns Press W. to disply W on the sreen, nd then enter The numer loted on the left side of the text input ox t the top of the sreen indites the urrent line numer. Press, nd then press to enter spe. e f Press, nd then enter F. Current line numer After seleting hrter if you would like to hnge the hrter size press. The size hnges eh time you press the key, from lrge to medium to smll. d Press e. to disply e on the sreen, nd then enter E EMBROIDERY g Press to disply l nd y, nd enter them. h Press. If you mke mistke, press to erse the mistke. If the pttern is too smll to see lerly, you n use the key to hek it. If you wnt to dd multiple lines, refer to Entering line feed on pge E-4. Memo If you ontinue dding hrters fter hnging the size, the new hrters will e entered in the new size. The editing sreen is displyed. Proeed to Editing Ptterns on pge E-5 to edit the i pttern. For detils on editing hrters, refer to Editing Chrter Ptterns on pge E-9. To return to the previous sreen to selet nother pttern, press. Emroidering E-3

146 Seleting Ptterns Entering line feed Using the line feed key, multiple lines of text n e entered. Eh line eomes group, eh of whih n e edited one t time. Exmple: Entering High in the seond line of the following sreen Seleting frme ptterns Press. Press the key of the frme shpe you wnt to emroidery. Press. Press the key of the frme pttern you wnt to emroidery. Enter High. If you mke mistke seleting the pttern, press the key of the pttern you wnt to emroider. The seleted pttern is displyed on the sreen. d Press. Press. The editing sreen is displyed. Memo To hnge the text efore the line feed in the text input sreen, press, lso to delete ny text fter the line feed. When is pressed to hnge the hrter size, the size of hrters in the displyed line of text is hnged. To hnge the size of hrters in different line of text, press to erse text until the line to e hnged ppers, or resize the pttern in the pttern editing sreen. We reommend pressing efore entering line feed in order to preview the pttern. The editing sreen is displyed. Proeed to Editing Ptterns on pge E-5 to edit the e pttern. To return to the previous sreen to selet nother pttern, press. E-4

147 Editing Ptterns Editing Ptterns When pttern is seleted in the pttern seletion sreen nd editing, press to ontinue to the emroidery settings sreen. is pressed, the pttern editing sreen ppers. To finish Pttern editing sreen F E D C B A 0 9 Memo If key disply is light gry, you nnot use tht funtion with the seleted pttern. CAUTION When you hve revised the pttern, hek the disply of ville emroidery frmes nd use n pproprite frme. If you use n emroidery frme not displyed s ville for use, the presser foot my strike the frme nd possily use injury. E EMBROIDERY No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Emroidery frme Shows the emroidery frmes tht n e used. In ddition, fter pressing the key for E-29 the emroidery frme to e used, Emroidery Frme Identifition View n e set to ON. 2 Pttern size Shows the size of the entire omined pttern. 3 Mgnify key Press this key to mgnify the pttern in the sreen. E-8 4 Preview key Press this key to show sewn imge. For detils, refer to Previewing the seleted pttern in the Bsi opertions setion. 5 Rotte key Press this key to rotte the pttern. You n rotte pttern one degree, ten degrees E-7 or ninety degrees t time. 6 Thred plette key Press this key to hnge the olors of the displyed pttern. E-7 7 Delete key Press this key to delete the seleted pttern (the pttern outlined y the red ox). E-8 8 Font edit key Press this key to disply the font editing sreen. For detils, refer to Editing E-9 Chrter Ptterns. 9 Edit End key Press this key to ll up the emroidery settings sreen. For detils, refer to Editing E-5 All Ptterns. 0 Memory key Press this key to sve ptterns to the mhine's memory or USB flsh drive. E-3 A Pttern selet key When omined pttern is seleted, use these keys to selet prt of the pttern to E-4 edit. B Add key Press this key to dd nother emroidery pttern to urrently displyed pttern. E-3 C Horizontl mirror imge Press this key to mke horizontl mirror imge of the seleted pttern. E-7 key D Thred density key Press this key to hnge thred density for some lphet hrter nd frme E-8 ptterns. E Move key Press these keys to move the pttern. E-6 F Size key Press this key to hnge the size of the pttern. Ptterns n e enlrged or redued. E-6 Emroidering E-5

148 Editing Ptterns Moving the pttern Chnging the size of the pttern Press. Use to move the pttern in the diretion shown y the rrow. Press to enter the pttern. Distne from the enter Memo The pttern n lso e moved y drgging it. Press. Selet the diretion in whih to hnge the size. Pressing eh key to hnge shpe of the pttern s follows. : Enlrge the pttern proportiontely. : Shrink the pttern proportiontely. : Streth the pttern horizontlly. : Compt the pttern horizontlly. : Streth the pttern vertilly. : Compt the pttern vertilly. : Return the pttern to its originl size. Ptterns nnot e moved in sreens where does not pper. Press to return to the originl sreen. Size of the pttern Memo Some ptterns or hrters n e enlrged more thn others. Some ptterns or hrters n e enlrged to greter degree if they re rotted 90 degrees. Press to return to the originl sreen. E-6

149 Editing Ptterns Rotting the pttern Press. Selet the ngle of rottion for the pttern. Pressing eh key to rotte the pttern s follows. : Rotte the pttern 90 degrees to the left. : Rotte the pttern 90 degrees to the right. : Rotte the pttern 0 degrees to the left. : Rotte the pttern 0 degrees to the right. : Rotte the pttern degree to the left. : Rotte the pttern degree to the right. Chnging the thred olor You n hnge the thred olor y hoosing new olor from the thred olors in the mhine. In the pttern editing sreen, press. The thred olor plette sreen displys. Press or to selet the olor you wnt to hnge. Press to return the pttern to its originl position. Degree of rottion Press or touh the olor on the olor plette to hoose new olor. To return to the originl olor, press, then press fter messge ppers. If multiple olors hve een hnged, this ommnd will return ll olors to their originl olors. E EMBROIDERY Press 0 to return to the originl sreen. Color plette The disply shows the hnged olors. d Press. Creting horizontl mirror imge Press so it ppers s to rete horizontl mirror imge of the seleted pttern. Press gin to return the pttern to norml. Emroidering E-7

150 Editing Ptterns Chnging the density (lphet hrter nd frme ptterns only) The thred density for some lphet hrter nd frme ptterns n e hnged. A setting etween 80% nd 20% in 5% inrements n e speified. Displying ptterns in the sreen mgnifition Press. Press. Chnge the density. Press Press to mke the pttern less dense. to mke the pttern more dense. Mgnifition selet sreen is displyed. Press desired mgnifition to enlrge the pttern. Press Press to return to the norml size. to return to the originl sreen. After editing Norml 2 Fine (stithes loser together) 3 Corse (stithes frther prt) The pttern density hnges eh time you press utton. Press. Press. Deleting the pttern Press to delete the pttern from the sreen. To omine the pttern with other ptterns, selet (pge E-3). For more informtion out sewing ptterns, refer to Emroidering pttern in the Bsi opertions setion. Memo If you wnt to return to the editing sreen fter pressing, press. E-8

151 Editing Chrter Ptterns Editing Chrter Ptterns Font editing sreen ppers y pressing editing sreen. Font editing sreen on the pttern 5 Chnging the olors of lphet hrter ptterns Comined lphet hrter ptterns n e sewn with eh letter in different olor. If Multi Color is set, the mhine stops fter eh hrter is sewn so tht the thred n e hnged to different olor. Press so tht it ppers s. Press the key gin to return to the originl setting No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Multi olor Press this key to E-9 key hnge the olor of individul hrters in pttern. 2 Arry key Press this key to E-2 hnge the onfigurtion of hrter pttern. 3 Font key Press this key to hnge the font of the seleted hrters. E-0 4 Vertil/hori zontl text key 5 Edit hrter key 6 Split text key 7 Chrter sping key Press this key to swith etween text written vertilly nd horizontlly. Press this key to edit eh hrter seprtely. Press this key to split text etween hrters so tht they n e edited seprtely. Press this key to hnge the sping of hrter ptterns. 8 Selet key Press this key to selet hrter. If the line feed key ws used while entering text, single lines n e seleted. E-9 E- E-0 E-0 E-4 Press to return to the pttern editing sreen. Press to hnge the olors in the sewing order (see pge E-7). After hrter is sewn, hnge the thred olor, nd then sew the next hrter. Swithing etween text written vertilly nd horizontlly When the Jpnese font is seleted, the text n e swithed etween eing written vertilly nd horizontlly. Press to swith etween text written vertilly nd horizontlly. Press to return to the pttern editing sreen. E EMBROIDERY Note Western hrters nnot e written vertilly. Emroidering E-9

152 Editing Chrter Ptterns Chnging the font of entered hrters Press to return to the font editing sreen. After text hs een entered, the font n e hnged. Press. Selet the font tht you wish to use. Note Reduing hrter sping The sping etween hrters n e redued to 50% of the nrrowest hrter in the group. It is not reommended to edit dt nd trnsfer to other or older version mhines. Sme fetures do not pply in other mhines, so prolems my our. Chrter sping n e redued only when hrters re rrnged normlly on stright line. The text ppers in the sreen with the new font pplied. Note Depending on the font tht ws seleted, it my not e possile to hnge the font. Chnging hrter sping Press. Press / to inrese or derese the hrter sping. Press to return the pttern to its originl pperne. Seprting omined hrter ptterns Comined hrter ptterns n e seprted to djust the hrter sping or to seprtely edit the ptterns fter ll hrters hve een entered. Press. Use to selet where the pttern is to e seprted, nd then press to seprte it. For this exmple, the pttern will e seprted etween A nd B. Note A seprted hrter pttern nnot e omined gin. E-0

153 Editing Chrter Ptterns Press to return to the font editing sreen. Chnging the font Press. Press, nd then selet the hrter whose font is to e hnged. To selet the hrter, press or. The seleted hrter is surrounded with red ox. Editing single hrters Press so tht single hrter n e seleted for editing. The hrter size nd font n e hnged. Chnging the size Press. Selet the hrter to e resized. To selet the hrter, press or. The seleted hrter is surrounded with red ox. Selet the font tht you wish to use. The hrter hnges to the seleted font. E EMBROIDERY Selet the diretion in whih to hnge the size. For detils on the vrious keys, refer to the proedure in Chnging the size of the pttern on pge E-6. d Press to return to the font editing sreen. d Press to return to the font editing sreen. Emroidering E-

154 Editing Chrter Ptterns Chnging the onfigurtion of hrter ptterns Press. Press the key of the lyout you wnt to emroider. When seleting n r, use nd to hnge the degree of the r. : Mke the r fltter. Memo : Mke the r rounder. The disply will show the seleted lyout. Exmple: When seleting, nd hnge to nd. You n inrese or derese the inline. Press to return to the font editing sreen. E-2

155 Comining Ptterns Comining Ptterns Editing omined ptterns g Press. Exmple: Comining lphet hrters with n emroidery pttern nd editing h Press to move the hrters. With your finger, drg the hrters to move them. Press to selet n emroidery pttern. Selet the following pttern nd then press. E Press. i Press to return to the pttern editing sreen. Press nd to hnge the lyout of the j hrters. Press two times to return to the pttern editing sreen. See pge E-2 for more informtion out hnging the lyout. EMBROIDERY d Press to enter the lphet hrters. Press e Selet to return to the previous sreen. nd enter Hppy. The hrters you enter will e displyed in the upper prt of the sreen. k Press to hnge the olor of the hrters. The thred olor plette sreen displys. See pge E-7 for more informtion out hnging the olor. l Press to return to the pttern editing sreen. f Press. Emroidering E-3

156 Comining Ptterns When ll editing is finished, press m nd then. Emroidering sreen ppers. Emroidering omined ptterns Comined ptterns will e emroidered in the order they were entered. In this exmple, the emroidery order will e s follows: Seleting omined emroidery ptterns If multiple ptterns hve een omined, use to selet the pttern to e edited. In ddition, ptterns n e seleted y diretly touhing the sreen with your finger. For more informtion out sewing ptterns, refer to Emroidering pttern in the Bsi opertions setion. Emroider the pttern y following the olor order on the disply. After the ptterns re emroidered, the [+] ursor will move to the hrter prt of the pttern. Emroider hrters. Memo Use to selet ptterns tht re overlpping nd nnot e seleted y touhing the sreen. E-4

157 Editing All Ptterns Editing All Ptterns When is pressed in the editing sreen, the emroidery settings sreen ppers. After editing the pttern, press to ontinue to the emroidering sreen. Emroidery settings sreen Aligning the pttern nd the needle Exmple: Aligning the lower left side of pttern nd the needle 2 No. Disply Key Nme Explntion Pge Move key Press these keys to move E-5 the pttern in the diretion shown y the rrow. (Press the enter key to return the pttern to the enter of the emroidery re.) 2 Rotte key Press this key to rotte the E-5 entire pttern. 3 Emroidery key Press this key to enter the emroidery sreen. 4 Memory key Press this key to sve ptterns to the mhine's memory or USB flsh drive. E-3 5 Tril key Press this key to hek the position of the pttern. The emroidery frme moves so you n hek tht there is enough spe to sew pttern. For detils, refer to Cheking the pttern position in the Bsi opertions setion. 6 Strting point key Moving the pttern Press to move the entire pttern. For detils, refer to Cheking the pttern position in the Bsi opertions setion. 3 Press this key to move the needle strt position to lign the needle with the pttern position. E-5 Mrk the emroidery strt position on the fri, s shown. Press. Press. Strt position 2 This key is used for ligning linked hrters. (pge E-6) The needle position moves to the ottom left orner of the pttern (the emroidery frme moves so tht the needle is positioned orretly). 2 E EMBROIDERY Rotting the pttern Press to rotte the entire pttern. For detils, refer to Rotting the pttern on pge E-7. d Press. Emroidering E-5

158 Editing All Ptterns e Use to lign the needle nd the mrk on the fri, nd egin emroidering the pttern. Selet the hrter ptterns for ABCDEF, nd then press nd. Note After entering the ABCD when the E is seleted, messge ppers nd you need to Emroidering linked hrters Follow the proedure desried elow to emroider linked hrters in single row when the entire pttern extends eyond the emroidery frme. selet the to rotte 90 degrees to the right efore ontinuing with the EF. The messge my pper efore you enter the ABCD. The numer of hrters differs depending on the type of the seleted font. For detils on seleting hrter ptterns, refer to Seleting hrter ptterns on pge E-2. Press. Exmple: Linking GHIJK to the hrters ABCDEF using emroidery frme 8 m 3 m (7 inhes 5 inhes) * The hrters will e emroidered rotted y 90 degrees. Press, nd then press. The needle is positioned in the lower-left orner of the pttern. The emroidery frme moves so tht the needle is positioned orretly. Memo When using the multi-position (extr lrge) emroidery frme, lign the top instlltion position with the two pins on the emroidery frme holder, nd then press the frme down until it snps into ple. Note To nel the strting point setting nd return the strting point to the enter of the pttern, press. Use to selet different strting point for emroidering. d Press. Top instlltion position e Lower the emroidery foot nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering. E-6

159 Editing All Ptterns After the hrters re emroidered, ut the threds, f remove the emroidery frme, nd then press for Finished emroidering. Press nd then press. h i Selet the hrter ptterns for GHIJK, nd then press. End of the emroidering j Press nd selet to rotte 90 degrees to the right, nd then press. g Reposition the fri in emroidery frme so tht the right side of the letter F will e prtilly inside the emroidery frme; eing reful so letters remin stright nd level. Then retth frme gin so tht the remining hrters ( GHIJK ) n e emroidered. k Press. l Press. Press, nd then press. m The needle is positioned in the lower-left orner of the pttern. The emroidery frme moves so tht the needle is positioned orretly. n Use to lign the needle with the end of the emroidering for the previous pttern. E EMBROIDERY Memo When using the multi-position (extr lrge) emroidery frme, lign the ottom instlltion position with the two pins on the emroidery frme holder, nd then press the frme down until it snps into ple. The remining hrters ( GHIJK ) n e emroidered without repositioning the fri. o Press. p Lower the emroidery foot nd press the Strt/Stop utton to egin emroidering the remining hrter ptterns. Bottom instlltion position Emroidering E-7

160 Emroidery Applitions Emroidery Applitions Sewing emroidery ptterns whih use ppliqué When the olor sewing order disply shows (APPLIQUE MATERIAL), (APPLIQUE POSITION) or (APPLIQUE), follow the proedure elow.. Creting n ppliqué piee 2. Sewing the ppliqué position on the se fri 3. Affixing the ppliqué piee to the se fri 4. Emroidering the reminder of the pttern Required mterils Fri for the ppliqué piee Fri for the ppliqué se Stilizer mteril Crft glue Emroidering thred Note If (APPLIQUE MATERIAL), (APPLIQUE POSITION) or (APPLIQUE) pper in the thred olor list, the orret nmes nd numers of the thred olors to e used will not pper. Selet the thred olors depending on those in the ppliqué pttern.. Creting n ppliqué piee d Atth stilizer mteril to the wrong side of the ppliqué fri. Hoop the fri in the emroidery frme, nd then tth the emroidery frme to the emroidery unit. Applique mteril (otton, felt, et.) 2 Iron-on stilizer Thred the mhine with the emroidery thred, lower the presser foot lever, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to sew the utting line of the ppliqué piee. The outline of the ppliqué piee is sewn, nd then the mhine stops. Outline of pplique 2 Applique mteril Remove the fri for the ppliqué piee from the emroidery frme, nd then refully ut long the sewn utting line Selet the ppliqué pttern, nd then ontinue to the emroidering sreen. Note If the ppliqué piee is ut out long the inside of the utting line, it my not e orretly tthed to the fri. Therefore, refully ut out the ppliqué piee long the utting line. After utting out the ppliqué piee, refully remove the thred. E-8

161 Emroidery Applitions 2. Sewing the ppliqué position on the se fri Atth stilizer mteril to the wrong side of the fri for the ppliqué se. Hoop the fri in the emroidery frme, nd then tth the emroidery frme to the emroidery unit. Thred the mhine with the emroidery thred, lower the presser foot lever, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to sew the ppliqué position. The position of the ppliqué is sewn, nd then the mhine stops. Note If the ppliqué piee is not seurely tthed to the se fri, the ppliqué piee my lift off the se fri during sewing, using mislignment. If the ppliqué piee nnot e tthed to the se fri with rft glue, seurely ste it in ple with sting stithes. If thin fri is used for the ppliqué piee, reinfore nd seure it in ple with n iron-on dhesive sheet. An iron n e used to tth the ppliqué piee to the ppliqué lotion. Before tthing the ppliqué piee to the se fri, do not remove the fri from the emroidery frme. After the ppliqué piee is tthed, tth the emroidery frme to the mhine. Thred the mhine with the emroidery thred, lower the presser foot lever, nd then press the Strt/Stop utton to sew the ppliqué. E Position of pplique 2 Bse mteril The ppliqué piee is sewn to the se fri, nd then the mhine stops. EMBROIDERY Remove the emroidery frme from the emroidery unit. Note Do not remove the se fri from the emroidery frme until ll sewing is finished. 3. Affixing the ppliqué piee to the se fri Lightly pply rft glue to the k of the ppliqué piee, nd then tth it to the se fri within the outline of the position sewn in step of 2. Sewing the ppliqué position on the se fri. Memo Depending on the pttern tht is seleted, (APPLIQUE MATERIAL), (APPLIQUE POSITION) nd (APPLIQUE) for ll three steps my not pper. If (APPLIQUE) ppers s olor, emroider using thred of tht olor. Emroidering E-9

162 Emroidery Applitions 4. Emroidering the reminder of the pttern Chnge the emroidery thred ording to the thred olor sewing order, nd then finish emroidering the reminder of the pttern. Emroider the sme pttern from step onto the se fri. Apply thin lyer of fri glue or temporry spry dhesive to the rer of the ppliqué reted in step. Atth the ppliqué to the se fri mthing the shpes. Memo Sine glue my eome tthed to the presser foot, needle or needle plte, len the glue off of the prts fter finishing emroidering the ppliqué pttern. For est results, trim ll exess threds eh time the thred olor is hnged. Using frme pttern to mke n ppliqué () d Selet the stin stith frme pttern of the sme shpe s the ppliqué. Emroider over the ppliqué nd se fri from step to rete the ppliqué. You n use frmed ptterns of the sme size nd shpe to rete n ppliqué. Emroider one pttern with stright stith nd one pttern with stin stith. Selet stright stith frme pttern. Emroider the pttern onto the ppliqué mteril, then ut netly round the outside of the shpe. Note If you hnge the size or position of the ptterns when seleting them, mke note of the size nd lotion. Appliqué mteril E-20

163 Emroidery Applitions Using frme pttern to mke n ppliqué (2) This is seond method to mke ppliqué using emroidery ptterns. You do not hve to hnge the fri in the emroidery frme using this method. Emroider one pttern with stright stith nd one pttern with stin stith. Selet stright stith frme pttern, nd emroider the pttern onto the se fri. e Note Do not remove the fri from the emroidery frme to ut it. Also, do not pull or push on the fri. Otherwise, the fri my loosen in the frme. Selet the stin stith frme pttern of the sme shpe s the ppliqué. Ple the ppliqué fri over the pttern emroidered in step. Be sure tht the ppliqué fri ompletely overs the stithed line. Note Do not hnge the size or position of the pttern. If you hnge the size or position of the ptterns when seleting them, mke note of the size nd lotion. E EMBROIDERY Emroider the sme pttern on the ppliqué fri. f Appliqué mteril Retth the emroidery frme to the emroidery unit, nd emroider the stin stith pttern to rete n ppliqué. d Remove the emroidery frme from the emroidery unit, nd ut round the outside of the stithes. Emroidering E-2

164 Emroidery Applitions Sewing split emroidery ptterns Split emroidery ptterns reted with Plette Ver.7 or lter n e sewn. With split emroidery ptterns, emroidery designs lrger thn the emroidery hoop re divided into multiple setions, whih omine to rete single pttern fter eh setion is sewn. For detils on reting split emroidery ptterns nd for more detiled sewing instrutions, refer to the Instrution mnul inluded with Plette Ver.7 or lter. The following proedure desries how to red the split emroidery pttern shown elow from USB flsh drive nd emroider it. d Press. For detils on editing ptterns, refer to Editing All Ptterns on pge E-5. Memo Press to rotte the pttern. e Press the Strt/Stop utton to emroider the pttern setion. When emroidering is finished, the following sreen f ppers. Press. Insert the USB flsh drive ontining the reted split emroidery pttern, nd then selet the split emroidery pttern to e emroidered. For detils on relling ptterns, refer to Relling from USB flsh drive on pge E-34. A sreen ppers so tht setion of the split emroidery pttern n e seleted. g Repet steps through f to emroider the remining setions of the pttern. A sreen ppers so tht setion of the split emroidery pttern n e seleted. Selet setion to e emroidered nd press. Selet the setions in lphetil order. Press or to disply the previous or next pge. If neessry, edit the pttern, nd press. E-22

165 Adjustments During the Emroidery Proess Adjustments During the Emroidery Proess Note Be reful not to ump the emroidery unit rrige or the presser foot when removing or tthing the emroidery frme. Otherwise, the pttern will not emroider orretly. If the oin runs out of thred When the oin egins to run out of thred during emroidering, the mhine will stop nd the messge elow will pper. If very little sewing remins, you n emroider pproximtely 0 finl stithes without rethreding the mhine y pressing nd restrting the mhine. The mhine will stop fter sewing pproximtely 0 stithes. Remove the k mounting rket from the pin. Bk mounting rket 2 Bk pin Remove the front mounting rket from the pin. E Rise the presser foot lever. Cut the threds nd press. The sreen hnges, nd ll keys nd opertion uttons re loked (exept ). d Front mounting rket 2 Front pin Remove oin over nd insert wound oin into the mhine. (see Instlling the oin of Bsi opertions.) EMBROIDERY While pushing the lever of the emroidery frme holder to the left, slightly lift the k nd then the front of the emroidery frme up to ler the pins, nd then remove the frme. Hold the lever lightly to the left. Be reful not to pply strong fore to the fri t this time. Otherwise, the fri my loosen in the frme. Retth the emroidery frme. e f Press g to unlok ll keys nd uttons. To return to the re in the pttern where you stopped sewing, follow steps through f in the next setion. Lever Emroidering E-23

166 Adjustments During the Emroidery Proess If the thred reks during sewing Press. Press the Strt/Stop utton to stop the mhine. If the upper thred is roken, redo the upper threding. If the oin thred is roken, press nd follow the diretions in steps through f from the previous setion to reset the oin. Press. The emroidery frme moves, returning the needle to the pttern s eginning position. Lower the presser foot lever to lower the presser foot nd strt sewing. Resuming emroidery fter turning off the power Press,, or to move the needle k the d orret numer of stithes efore the re where the thred roke. The urrent olor nd stith numer re sved when emroidery is stopped. The next time the mhine is turned on, you hve the option to ontinue or delete the pttern. Memo Even if the power goes out in the middle of emroidery, the mhine returns to the point where emroidery ws stopped when the mhine is turned on gin. e Press f Memo If you nnot move k to the re where the thred roke, press to selet the olor nd move to the eginning position of tht olor, then use, or to move hed to slightly efore where the thred roke. to return to the originl sreen. Lower the presser foot lever to lower the presser foot, nd press the Strt/Stop utton to ontinue sewing. Restrting from the eginning Current stith numer when emroidery ws stopped Turn the min power to ON. Note Do not remove the emroidery unit or the memory will no longer rememer your design. Follow the instrutions shown on the sreen nd remove the emroidery frme. The following messge will pper. Press. E-24

167 Adjustments During the Emroidery Proess Atth the emroidery frme nd press. The previous emroidery sreen displyed efore the mhine ws turned off ppers. Memo If you wnt to strt new emroidery pttern, press so the pttern seletion sreen ppers. Continue emroidering. d E Stith numer when emroidery is resumed EMBROIDERY Emroidering E-25

168 Mking Emroidery Adjustments Mking Emroidery Adjustments Adjusting thred tension Press. When emroidering, the thred tension should e set so tht the upper thred n slightly e seen on the wrong side of the fri. Corret thred tension The pttern n e seen from the wrong side of the fri. If the thred tension is not set orretly, the pttern will not finish well. The fri my puker or the thred my rek. Press to weken the upper thred tension. (The tension numer will derese.) Right side 2 Wrong side Follow the opertions desried elow to djust thred tension ording to the sitution. Note If the thred tension setting is mde extremely wek, the mhine my stop during sewing. This is not the sign of mlfuntion. Inrese the thred tension slightly, nd egin sewing gin. Memo If you turn the min power to OFF or selet different pttern, the thred tension will reset to the utomti setting. When you retrieve sved pttern, the thred tension setting will e the sme s when the pttern ws sved. Upper thred is too tight The tension of the upper thred is too tight, resulting in the oin thred eing visile from the right side of the fri. Note If the oin thred ws inorretly threded, the upper thred my e too tight. In this se, refer to Instlling the oin of Bsi opertions nd rethred the oin thred. Press. Upper thred is too loose The tension of the upper thred is too loose, resulting in loose upper thred, loose thred loks, or loops ppering on the right side of the fri. Note If the upper thred ws inorretly threded, the upper thred my e too loose. In this se, refer to Upper Threding of Bsi opertions nd rethred the upper thred. Right side 2 Wrong side Press. Press to tighten the upper thred tension. (The tension numer will inrese.) Right side 2 Wrong side E-26

169 Mking Emroidery Adjustments Press. Note With Emroidery Tension on the setting sreen, the tension of the upper thred n e djusted for emroidering. The seleted setting will e pplied to ll ptterns. When emroidering, if the overll tension of the upper thred is too tight or too loose, djust it from the setting sreen. Press to tighten the upper thred tension nd press to loosen the upper tension. If n individul emroidery pttern needs dditionl fine tuning, refer to Adjusting thred tension on pge E-26. Boin thred is too loose Boin thred ppers slightly on the right side of fri. Right side 2 Wrong side If this ours, turn the slotted-hed srew (-) lokwise, eing reful not to over-tighten the srew, pproximtely degrees to inrese oin tension. Boin thred is too tight Upper thred on the right side of fri seems to e lifting/looping nd oin thred is not seen on the wrong side of fri. E Adjusting the oin se (with no olor on the srew) The oin se (with no olor on the srew) n e djusted when oin tension hnges re required to ommodte different oin threds. See Emroidery Attrtive Finishes in the Bsi opertions. To djust the oin tension for emroidery funtion, using the oin se (with no olor on the srew), turn the slotted-hed srew (-) with srewdriver (smll). Right side 2 Wrong side If this ours, turn the slotted-hed srew (-) ounterlokwise, eing reful not to over-loosen the srew, pproximtely degrees to derese oin tension. EMBROIDERY Do not turn the phillips srew (+). 2 Adjust with srewdriver (smll). Corret tension Upper thred slightly ppers on the wrong side of fri. Right side 2 Wrong side CAUTION When djusting the oin se, e sure to remove the oin from the oin se. DO NOT djust the position of the phillips (+) srew on the oin se s this my result in dmge to the oin se, rendering it unusle. If the slotted-hed srew (-) is diffiult to turn, do not use fore. Turning the srew too muh or providing fore in either (rottionl) diretion my use dmge to the oin se. Should dmge our, the oin se my not mintin proper tension. Emroidering E-27

170 Mking Emroidery Adjustments Using the utomti thred utting funtion (END COLOR TRIM) The utomti thred utting funtion will ut the thred t the end of sewing eh olor. This funtion is initilly turned on. To turn this funtion off, press key nd then. This funtion n e turned on or off during emroidering. Press. Memo spm is the numer of stithes sewn in one minute. Derese the emroidery speed when emroidering on thin, thik, or hevy fris. The sewing speed n e hnged fter n emroidery pttern hs een strted. The mximum emroidery speed setting does not hnge until new setting is seleted. The setting speified efore the min power is set to OFF remins seleted the next time tht the mhine is turned on. Derese to slower spm when using speil thred like metlli thred. Press funtion. to turn off the utomti thred utting Chnging the Emroidery Frme Disply Press to disply the following sreen. In the Emroidery Frme Disply, use / to hnge the emroidery frme disply mode. To hnge the frme The key will disply s When one olor thred is sewn, the mhine will stop without utting the thred. Press to return to the originl sreen. Adjusting the emroidery speed Press to disply the following sreen. Chnge the Mx Emroidery Speed y pressing /. * Sold seprtely with some models. Lrge frme emroidering re 8 m 3 m (7 inhes 5 inhes) Multi-position (extr lrge) frme emroidering re 8 m 3 m (7 inhes 5 inhes) 2 Medium frme emroidering re* 0 m 0 m (4 inhes 4 inhes) 3 Emroidery re for smll emroidery frme* 2 m 6 m ( inh 2-/2 inhes) Press to return to the originl sreen. E-28

171 Mking Emroidery Adjustments To hnge the enter mrk nd grid lines When Emroidery Frme Identifition View is set to ON. 2 3 Center mrk 2 Grid lines Press to return to the originl sreen. Seleting/displying ptterns ording to the emroidery frme size If Emroidery Frme Identifition View in the settings sreen is set to ON, the pttern n e edited in the sreen s if tht emroidery frme is tthed. The emroidery frme seleted when Emroidery Frme Identifition View is set to ON is highlighted. 2 The emroidering re for the seleted frme is displyed. 3 Ptterns tht will not fit in the seleted frme pper shded nd nnot e seleted. Memo Ptterns tht nnot e sewn in the seleted emroidery frme will not e ville in the pttern seletion sreen. The pttern will e enlrged or redued within the emroidering re for the seleted emroidery frme. When enlrging the pttern y pressing on the editing sreen, it is enlrged to 00% of the size for the seleted emroidery frme. The Emroidery Frme Identifition View funtion is neled when the key for the seleted emroidery frme (Exmple: ) is pressed. To hnge the emroidery frme seleted with the Emroidery Frme Identifition View funtion, press the key for the desired emroidery frme. E EMBROIDERY When Emroidery Frme Identifition View is set to OFF. 2 The emroidery frmes tht n e used with the seleted pttern re displyed. 2 The emroidering re for the lrge/multi-position (extr lrge) frme is displyed. Emroidering E-29

172 Mking Emroidery Adjustments Chnging the kground olors of the emroidery ptterns In the settings sreen, the kground olors n e hnged for the emroidery pttern nd pttern thumnils. Depending on the pttern olor, selet the desired kground olor from the 66 settings ville. Different kground olors n e seleted for the emroidery pttern nd pttern thumnils. Speifying the size of pttern thumnils The thumnils for seleting n emroidery pttern n e set to e displyed t the smller size or lrger size. The lrger size is.5 times the smller size. Press to disply the following sreen. 2 Emroidery pttern kground 2 Pttern thumnils kground Press. Selet the kground olor from the 66 ville settings. Press to disply the following sreen. Press or to selet the desired thumnil size. 2 Emroidery pttern kground 2 Seleted olor 2 Press to return to the originl sreen. Pttern thumnils kground 2 Seleted olor d Press twie to return to the originl sreen. Memo The setting remins seleted even if the mhine is turned off. E-30

173 Using the Memory Funtion Using the Memory Funtion Emroidery dt preutions Oserve the following preutions when using emroidery dt other thn tht reted nd sved in this mhine. CAUTION When using emroidery dt other thn our originl ptterns, the thred or needle my rek when sewing with stith density tht is too fine or when sewing three or more overlpping stithes. In tht se, use one of our originl dt design systems to edit the emroidery dt. Types of emroidery dt tht n e used Only.pes,.ph, nd.dst emroidery dt files n e used with this mhine. Using dt other thn tht sved using our dt design systems or mhines my use the emroidery mhine to mlfuntion. Types of USB medi tht n e used Stith dt n e sved to or relled from USB flsh drive of ny size. Note The proessing speed my vry y quntity of dt stored. Only USB flsh drive n e onneted to the USB port on this mhine. The ess lmp will egin linking fter inserting USB flsh drive, nd it will tke out 5 to 6 seonds to reognize the drive. (Time will differ depending on the USB flsh drive). For dditionl informtion, refer to the instrution mnul inluded with the USB flsh drive tht you hve purhsed. Memo To rete file folders, use omputer. Preutions on using the omputer to rete nd sve dt If the nme of the emroidery dt file/folder nnot e identified, for exmple, euse the nme ontins speil hrters, the file/folder is not displyed. If this ours, hnge the nme of the file/folder. We reommend using the 26 letters of the lphet (upperse nd lowerse), the numers 0 through 9, -, nd _. If emroidery dt lrger thn 8 m 3 m (pprox. 7 inhes 5 inhes) is seleted, the pttern will e displyed rotted y 90 degrees when it is red out. Even fter eing rotted 90 degrees, emroidery dt lrger thn 8 m 3 m (pprox. 7 inhes 5 inhes) nnot e used. (All designs must e within the 8 m 3 m (pprox. 7 inhes 5 inhes) design field size.).pes files sved with the numer of stithes or the numer of olors exeeding the speified limits nnot e displyed. The omined design n not exeed mximum numer of 200,000 stithes or mximum numer of 25 olor hnges (Aove numers re pproximte, depending on the overll size of the design). Use one of our design softwre progrms to edit the emroidery pttern so tht it meets these speifitions. Emroidery dt stored in folder reted in USB flsh drive n e retrieved. Even if the emroidery unit is not tthed, the mhine will reognize emroidery dt. Tjim (.dst) emroidery dt.dst dt is displyed in the pttern list sreen y file nme (the tul imge nnot e displyed). Sine Tjim (.dst) dt does not ontin speifi thred olor informtion, it is displyed with our defult thred olor sequene. Chek the preview nd hnge the thred olors s desired. E EMBROIDERY Emroidering E-3

174 Using the Memory Funtion Sving emroidery ptterns in the mhine s memory You n sve emroidery ptterns tht you hve ustomized nd will use often; for exmple, your nme, ptterns tht hve een rotted or hd the size hnged, ptterns tht hve hd the sewing position hnged, et. A totl of out MB of ptterns n e sved in the mhine's memory. Note Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving... sreen is displyed. You will lose the pttern you re sving. If the memory is full If the following sreen ppers, either the mximum numer of ptterns hve een sved or the pttern you wnt to sve uses lot of memory, nd the mhine nnot sve it. If you delete previously sved pttern, you n sve the urrent pttern. Press. Press sving. to return to the originl sreen without Memo It tkes few seonds to sve pttern to the mhine s memory. See pge E-34 for informtion on retrieving sved pttern. Press when the pttern you wnt to sve is in the pttern editing sreen or emroidery settings sreen. The mhine displys the ptterns urrently sved. Selet the pttern you wnt to delete. Press / to move to the previous/next pge. Press. 2 Press. Press sving. to return to the originl sreen without Amount of memory used y the pttern to e deleted 2 Amount of mhine s memory d Press. If you deide not to delete the pttern, press. The Sving... sreen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl sreen utomtilly. The Sving... sreen displys. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl sreen utomtilly. Note Do not turn the min power to OFF while the Sving... sreen is displyed. You will lose the pttern you re sving. E-32

175 Using the Memory Funtion Memo If there is enough memory ville fter deleting the pttern, the pttern you wnt to sve will e sved utomtilly. If there is not enough memory ville fter deleting the pttern, repet the steps ove to delete nother pttern from the mhine s memory. It tkes few seonds to sve pttern. See pge E-34 for more informtion out retrieving sved ptterns. Note The proessing speed my vry y quntity of dt. Do not insert nything other thn USB flsh drive into the USB port. Otherwise, the USB flsh drive my e dmged. Press. Press sving. to return to the originl sreen without Sving emroidery ptterns to USB flsh drive When sending emroidery ptterns from the mhine to USB flsh drive, plug the USB flsh drive into the mhine s USB port. Memo USB flsh drive is ommerilly ville, ut some USB flsh drive my not e usle with this mhine. Plese visit our wesite for more detils. The USB flsh drive n e inserted or removed t ny time exept while sving or deleting pttern. Press when the pttern you wnt to sve is in the pttern editing sreen or emroidery settings sreen. The Sving... sreen is displyed. When the pttern is sved, the disply returns to the originl sreen utomtilly. The pttern is sved in folder leled Poket. Note Do not insert or remove USB flsh drive while Sving... sreen is displyed. You will lose some or ll of the pttern you re sving. E EMBROIDERY Insert the USB flsh drive into the USB port on the mhine. USB port 2 USB flsh drive Emroidering E-33

176 Using the Memory Funtion Retrieving ptterns from the mhine s memory Press. Relling from USB flsh drive You n rell speifi emroidery pttern from either diret USB flsh drive or folder in the USB flsh drive. If the pttern is in folder, hek eh folder to find the emroidery pttern. Note The proessing speed my vry y quntity of dt. Insert the USB flsh drive into the USB port on the mhine (see pge E-33). The mhine displys the ptterns urrently in the memory. Press. Press the key of the pttern you wnt to retrieve. Press / to move to the previous/next pge. Press to return to the originl sreen. Emroidery ptterns nd folder in top folder re displyed. Memo The seleted pttern n e sved to USB flsh drive diretly y pressing. Selet the pttern. If the stith pttern to e retrieved is in folder, press the key for tht folder. Press / to move to the previous/next pge. Press to return to the originl sreen without relling. Press. Pttern editing sreen is displyed. Stith ptterns within folder re displyed. d Adjust the pttern s desired, nd then egin emroidering. The folder nme or the pth to show the urrent folder is displyed under the folder ion. Emroidery ptterns nd sufolders within folder re displyed. Press to return to the previous sreen. Use the omputer to rete folders. Folders nnot e reted with the mhine. Press the key of the pttern you wnt to retrieve. d Press / to move to the previous/next pge. Press to return to the originl sreen. E-34

177 Using the Memory Funtion e Press. Press to delete the pttern. The pttern will e deleted from the USB flsh drive. Pttern editing sreen is displyed. Memo The seleted pttern n e sved to the mhine's memory diretly y pressing. E If neessry, edit the pttern, nd press. f EMBROIDERY Emroidery settings sreen is displyed. g Press. The emroidery sreen is displyed. Emroidering E-35

178 Using the Memory Funtion E-36

179 Appendix This setion provides importnt informtion for operting this mhine. Plese red this setion to find trouleshooting tips nd pointers s well s how to keep your mhine in the est working order. Pge numer strts with A in this setion. Chpter MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...A-2

180 Cre nd Mintenne Chpter MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING Cre nd Mintenne Restritions on oiling In order to prevent dmging this mhine, it must not e oiled y the user. This mhine ws mnuftured with the neessry mount of oil pplied to ensure orret opertion, mking periodi oiling unneessry. If prolems our, suh s diffiulty turning the hndwheel or n unusul noise, immeditely stop using the mhine, nd ontt your uthorized By Lok retiler. Preutions on storing the mhine Do not store the mhine in ny of the lotions desried elow, otherwise dmge to the mhine my result, for exmple, rust used y ondenstion. Exposed to extremely high tempertures Exposed to extremely low tempertures Exposed to extreme temperture hnges Exposed to high humidity or stem Ner flme, heter or ir onditioner Outdoors or exposed to diret sunlight Exposed to extremely dusty or oily environments Note In order to extend the life of this mhine, periodilly turn it on nd use it. Storing this mhine for n extended period of time without using it my redue its effiieny. Clening the LCD Sreen If the sreen is dirty, gently wipe it with soft, dry loth. Do not use orgni solvents or detergents. Note Do not wipe the LCD sreen with dmp loth. Clening the mhine surfe If the surfe of the mhine is dirty, lightly sok loth in neutrl detergent, squeeze it out firmly, nd then wipe the surfe of the mhine. After lening it one with dmp loth, wipe it gin with dry loth. Clening the re Sewing performne will suffer if lint nd dust ollets in the oin se, therefore, it should e lened regulrly. Press Turn off the mhine. d e CAUTION Unplug the power ord efore lening the mhine, otherwise injuries or n eletri shok my our. (Needle position utton) to rise the needle. Unplug the power ord from the power supply jk on the right side of the mhine. CAUTION Unplug the power ord efore lening the mhine, otherwise injuries or n eletri shok my our. Rise the presser foot to remove the needle, presser foot nd presser foot holder. For detils, refer to Repling the needle nd Repling the presser foot in the Bsi opertions setion. Remove the flt ed tthment or the emroidery unit if either is tthed. Memo Osionlly, ondenstion my form on the LCD sreen or it my eome fogged up; however, this is not mlfuntion. After while, the loudiness will dispper. A-2

181 Cre nd Mintenne Remove the needle plte over. f Align the nd mrks. Grsp oth sides of the needle plte over, nd then slide it towrd you. Needle plte over Remove the oin se. g Grsp the oin se, nd then pull it out. mrk 2 mrk 3 Boin se Mke sure tht the indited points re ligned efore instlling the oin se. j Insert the ts on the needle plte over into the needle plte, nd then slide the over k on. Boin se Use the lening rush or vuum lener to remove h ny lint nd dust from the re nd oin thred sensor nd the surrounding re. i Clening rush 2 Re 3 Boin thred sensor Do not pply oil to the oin se. Insert the oin se so tht the mrk on the oin se ligns with the mrk on the mhine. Needle plte over CAUTION Never use oin se tht is srthed, otherwise the upper thred my eome tngled, the needle my rek or sewing performne my suffer. For new oin se, ontt your nerest uthorized By Lok retiler. Be sure tht the oin se is orretly instlled, otherwise the needle my rek. Aout the mintenne messge A MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING One this messge ppers, it is reommended to tke your mhine to n uthorized By Lok retiler for regulr mintenne hek. Although this messge will dispper nd the mhine will ontinue to funtion one you press, the messge will disply severl more times until the pproprite mintenne is performed. Plese tke the time to rrnge the mintenne your mhine requires one this messge ppers. Suh steps will help to ensure you reeive ontinued, uninterrupted hours of mhine opertion for the future. Appendix A-3

182 Cre nd Mintenne Touh pnel is mlfuntioning If the sreen does not respond orretly when you touh key (the mhine does not perform the opertion or performs different opertion), follow the steps elow to mke the proper djustments. Holding your finger on the sreen, turn the min power swith to OFF nd k to ON. Cneling the opertion eep Press to disply the settings sreen. Disply pge 6. Set Buzzer to OFF. The touh pnel djustment sreen is displyed. Lightly touh the enter of eh +, in order from to 5. Note Do not press too hrd on the sreen. Otherwise, dmge my result. Turn the min power to OFF, then turn it k to ON. Note If you finish the sreen djustment nd the sreen still does not respond, or if you nnot do the djustment, ontt your uthorized By Lok retiler. Opertion eep Eh time key is pressed you will her one eep. If n inorret opertion is performed you will her two or four eeps. If key is pressed (orret opertion) One eep sounds. If n inorret opertion is performed Two or four eeps sound. If the mhine loks up, for exmple, euse the thred is tngled The mhine eeps for four seonds nd the mhine utomtilly stops. Be sure to hek for the use of the error nd orret it efore ontinuing to sew. A-4

183 Trouleshooting Trouleshooting If the mhine stops operting orretly, hek the following possile prolems efore requesting servie. You n solve most prolems y yourself or visit us t If the prolem persists, ontt your By Lok retiler. Frequent trouleshooting topis Detiled uses nd remedies for ommon trouleshooting topis re desried elow. Be sure to refer to this efore ontting us. Upper thred tightened up pge A-5 Tngled thred on wrong side of fri pge A-6 Inorret thred tension pge A-7 Fri is ught in the mhine nd nnot e removed If the thred eomes tngled under the oin winder set Upper thred tightened up pge A-8 pge A- Cuse Inorret oin threding If the oin thred is inorretly threded, insted of the pproprite tension eing pplied to the oin thred, it is pulled through the fri when the upper thred is pulled up. For this reson, the thred is visile from the right side of the fri. Remedy/hek detils Corretly instll the oin thred. Press nd rise the presser foot lever. Remove the oin from the oin se. Ple the oin in the oin se so tht the thred unwinds in the orret diretion. Hold the oin with your right hnd with the thred unwinding to the left, nd hold the end of the thred with your left hnd. Then, with your right hnd, ple the oin in the oin se. A Symptom The upper thred ppers s single ontinuous line. The lower thred is visile from the upper side of the fri. (Refer to the illustrtion elow.) The upper thred hs tightened up, nd omes out when pulled. The upper thred hs tightened up, nd wrinkles pper in the fri. The upper thred tension is tight, nd the results do not hnge even fter the thred tension is djusted. d If the oin is inserted with the thred unwinding in the wrong diretion, sewing will e done with n inorret thred tension. While holding the oin in ple with your finger, pss the thred through the slit in the needle plte over. Hold down the oin with your right hnd, nd then pull the end of the thred round the t with your left hnd. MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING Wrong side of fri 2 Boin thred visile from right side of fri 3 Upper thred 4 Right side of fri 5 Boin thred T 2 Hold down the oin with your right hnd. Appendix A-5

184 Trouleshooting Pull the thred to pss it through the slit in the needle plte over, then ut it with the utter. Remedy/hek detils Remove the tngled thred, nd then orret the upper threding. Remove the tngled thred. If it nnot e removed, ut the thred with sissors. For detils, refer to Clening the re on pge A-2. Remove the upper thred from the mhine. If the oin ws removed from the oin se, refer to Instlling the oin in the Bsi opertions setion nd Remedy/hek detils in the setion Upper thred tightened up on pge A-5 to orretly instll the oin. Refer to the following steps to orret the upper threding. Rise the presser foot using the presser foot lever. 3 Slit 4 Cutter Sewing with the orret thred tension is possile fter the oin hs een orretly instlled in the oin se. Press e to unlok ll keys nd uttons. Tngled thred on wrong side of fri Symptom The thred eomes tngled on the wrong side of the fri. Presser foot lever The upper thred shutter opens so the mhine n e threded. If the presser foot is not rised, the mhine nnot e threded orretly. Press (Needle position utton) one or twie to d rise the needle. The needle is orretly rised when the mrk on the hndwheel is t the top, s shown elow. Chek the hndwheel nd, if this mrk is not t this position, press (Needle position utton) until it is. After strting sewing, rttling noise is mde nd sewing nnot ontinue. Looking under the fri, there is tngled thred in the oin se. e Mrk on hndwheel While holding the thred lightly with your right hnd, pull the thred with your left hnd, nd then pss the thred ehind the thred guide over nd to the front. Cuse Inorret upper threding If the upper thred is inorretly threded, the upper thred pssed through the fri nnot e firmly pulled up nd the upper thred eomes tngled in the oin se, using rttling noise. Thred guide over A-6

185 Trouleshooting f g While holding the thred lightly with your right hnd, pss the thred under the thred guide plte, nd then pull it up. Thred guide plte Pss the thred through the thred hnnel in the order shown elow. Inorret thred tension Symptoms Symptom : The oin thred is visile from the right side of the fri. (Refer to illustrtion elow) Symptom 2: The upper thred ppers s stright line on the right side of the fri. Symptom 3: The upper thred is visile from the wrong side of the fri. (Refer to illustrtion elow) Symptom 4: The oin thred ppers s stright line on the wrong side of the fri. Symptom 5: The stithing on the wrong side of the fri is loose or hs slk. Symptom Symptom 3 A Shutter Press. h Slide the thred ehind the needle r thred guide. i The thred n esily e pssed ehind the needle r thred guide y holding the thred in your left hnd, then feeding the thred with your right hnd, s shown. Mke sure tht the thred is pssed through to the left of the t of the needle r thred guide. j Needle r thred guide 2 T 2 Next, use the needle threder to thred the needle. Continue with the proedure in Threding the needle in the Bsi opertions setion. Wrong side of fri 2 Boin thred visile from right side of fri 3 Upper thred 4 Right side of fri 5 Boin thred 6 Upper thred visile from wrong side of fri Cuse/remedy/hek detils Cuse The mhine is not orretly threded. <With symptoms nd 2 desried ove> The oin threding is inorret. Return the upper thred tension to the stndrd setting, nd then refer to Upper thred tightened up on pge A-5 to orret the threding. <With symptoms 3 nd 5 desried ove> The upper threding is inorret. Return the upper thred tension to the stndrd setting, nd then refer to Tngled thred on wrong side of fri on pge A-6 to orret the upper threding. MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING Appendix A-7

186 Trouleshooting Cuse 2 A needle nd thred pproprite for the fri re not eing used. The mhine needle tht should e used depends on the type of fri sewn nd the thred thikness. If needle nd thred pproprite for the fri re not eing used, the thred tension will not e djusted orretly, using wrinkles in the fri or skipped stithes. Refer to Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions in the Bsi opertions setion to hek tht needle nd thred pproprite for the fri re eing used. Cuse 3 An pproprite upper tension is not seleted. The setting seleted for the upper thred tension is not pproprite. Refer to Setting the thred tension in the Bsi opertions setion to selet n pproprite thred tension. The pproprite thred tension differs depending on the type of fri nd thred eing used. * Adjust the thred tension while test sewing on piee of srp fri tht is the sme s tht used in your projet. Note If the upper threding nd oin threding re inorret, the thred tension nnot e djusted orretly. Chek the upper threding nd oin threding first, nd then djust the thred tension. If the oin thred is visile from the right side of the fri Press in the mnul djustment sreen to derese the tension of the upper thred. Fri is ught in the mhine nd nnot e removed If the fri is ught in the mhine nd nnot e removed, the thred my hve eome tngled under the needle plte. Follow the proedure desried elow to remove the fri from the mhine. If the opertion nnot e ompleted ording to this proedure, insted of ttempting to remove it forefully, ontt your nerest uthorized By Lok retiler. Removing the fri from the mhine Immeditely stop the mhine. Turn off the mhine. Remove the needle. If the needle is lowered into the fri, turn the hndwheel wy from you (lokwise) to rise the needle out of the fri, nd then remove the needle. Refer to Repling the needle in the Bsi opertions setion. Remove the presser foot nd presser foot holder. d Refer to Repling the presser foot nd Removing nd tthing the presser foot holder in the Bsi opertions setion. Lift up the fri nd ut the threds elow it. e If the fri n e removed, remove it. Continue with the following steps to len the re. Remove the needle plte over. f If the upper thred is visile from the wrong side of the fri Press in the mnul djustment sreen to inrese the tension of the upper thred. g Needle plte over Refer to Clening the re on pge A-2. Cut out the tngled threds, nd then remove the oin. A-8

187 Trouleshooting Remove the oin se. h If threds remin in the oin se, remove them. k Slightly lift up the needle plte, ut ny tngled threds, nd then remove the needle plte. Remove the fri nd threds from the needle plte. i Boin se Use the lening rush or vuum lener mini tthment to remove ny lint or dust from the re nd its surrounding re. l If the fri nnot e removed, even fter ompleting these steps, ontt your nerest uthorized By Lok retiler. Remove ny threds in the re nd round the feed dogs. Clening rush 2 Re If the fri ould e removed. Continue with step p. If the fri ould not e removed. Continue with step j. Turn the hndwheel to rise the feed dogs. m n o Align the two srew holes in the needle plte with the two holes t the needle plte mounting se, nd then fit the needle plte onto the mhine. Lightly finger-tighten the srew on the right side of the needle plte. Then, use the dis-shped srewdriver to firmly tighten the srew on the left side. Finlly, firmly tighten the srew on the right side. A j Note Compressed n ir is not reommended to e used. Use the inluded dis-shped srewdriver to loosen the two srews on the needle plte. Turn the hndwheel to hek tht the feed dogs move smoothly nd do not ontt the edges of the slots in the needle plte. Corret position of feed dogs 2 Inorret position of feed dogs MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING Note Be reful not to drop the removed srews in the mhine. Note Be reful not to drop the removed srews in the mhine. Appendix A-9

188 Trouleshooting p Insert the oin se so tht the mrk on the oin se ligns with the mrk on the mhine. Note After ompleting this proedure, ontinue with the following proedure in Cheking mhine opertions to hek tht the mhine is operting orretly. Memo Sine the needle my hve een dmged when the fri ws ught in the mhine, we reommend repling it with new one. Cheking mhine opertions If the needle plte hs een removed, hek mhine opertions to onfirm tht instlltion hs een ompleted orretly. Align the nd mrks. Turn on the mhine. Selet stith. Note Do not yet instll the presser foot nd thred. q mrk 2 mrk 3 Boin se Mke sure tht the indited points re ligned efore instlling the oin se. CAUTION Never use oin se tht is srthed, otherwise the upper thred my eome tngled, the needle my rek or sewing performne my suffer. Mke sure tht you fit the oin se properly, otherwise the needle my rek. Atth the needle plte over ording to step j in Clening the re on pge A-2. Chek the ondition of the needle, nd then instll it. r If the needle is in poor ondition, for exmple, if it is ent, e sure to instll new needle. Refer to Cheking the needle nd Repling the needle in the Bsi opertions setion. CAUTION Never use ent needles. Bent needles n esily rek, possily resulting in injuries. Slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise), nd look from ll sides to hek tht the needle flls t the enter of the opening in the needle plte. If the needle ontts the needle plte, remove the needle plte, nd then instll it gin, strting with step m in Removing the fri from the mhine on pge A-8. Opening in the needle plte 2 Hndwheel Selet stith. At this time, inrese the stith length d nd width to their mximum settings. For detils on hnging the settings, refer to Setting the stith width nd Setting the stith length in the Bsi opertions setion. e Slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you (ounterlokwise) nd hek tht the needle r nd feed dogs operte orretly. If the needle or feed dogs ontt the needle plte, the mhine my e mlfuntioning; therefore, ontt your nerest uthorized By Lok retiler. A-0

189 Trouleshooting f Turn off the mhine, nd then instll the oin nd presser foot. Refer to Instlling the oin nd Repling the presser foot in the Bsi opertions setion. Corretly thred the mhine. g For detils on threding the mhine, refer to Upper Threding in the Bsi opertions setion. Memo The thred my hve eome tngled s result of inorret upper threding. Mke sure tht the mhine is orretly threded. CAUTION Do not remove the oin winder set even if the thred eome tngled under the oin winder set. It my result in injuries. Do not remove the srew on the oin winder guide post, otherwise the mhine my e dmged; you nnot wind off the thred y removing the srew. Perform tril sewing with otton fri. h Note Inorret sewing my e the result of inorret upper threding or sewing thin fris. If there re poor results from the tril sewing, hek the upper threding or the type of fri eing used. If the thred eomes tngled under the oin winder set If the oin winding strts when the thred is not pssed under the pretension disk of the oin-winding thred guide orretly, the thred my eome tngled under the oin winder set. In suh se, wind off the thred ording to the following proedure. Thred 2 Boin winder set 2 Srew of the oin winder guide post If the thred eome tngled under the oin winder set, press the Strt/Stop utton one to stop the oin winding. When the foot ontroller is plugged in, remove your foot from the foot ontroller. Cut the thred with sissors eside the oin-winding thred guide. Boin-winding thred guide Slide the oin winder shft to the left, nd then remove the oin from the shft nd ut the thred leding to the oin in order to e le to ompletely remove the oin from shft. A MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING Appendix A-

190 Trouleshooting d Hold the thred end with your left hnd, nd wind off the thred lokwise with your right hnd s shown elow. Wind the oin gin. e Note Mke sure tht the thred psses under the pretension disk of the oin-winding thred guide orretly. A-2

191 Trouleshooting List of symptoms Getting redy Symptom Prole Cuse Remedy Referene Cnnot thred the needle. Needle is not in the orret position. Press the Needle position utton to rise the needle. B-5 Needle is instlled inorretly. Reinstll the needle orretly. B-3 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Reple the needle. B-3 Upper threding is inorret. Chek the steps for threding the mhine nd rethred the mhine. B-23 The needle threder hook is ent nd does not pss through the eye of the needle. The needle threder lever nnot e moved or returned to its originl position. Contt your uthorized By Lok retiler. Contt your uthorized By Lok retiler. A size 65/9 needle is eing used. The needle is inomptile with the needle threder. Mnully pss the thred through the eye of the needle. B-26 Boin thred does not wind netly on the oin. The thred is not pssed through the oin winding thred guide orretly. Boin spins slowly. The thred tht ws pulled out ws not wound onto the oin orretly. Corretly pss the thred through the oin winding thred guide. Move the sewing speed ontroller to the right so tht the speed will e inresed. Wind the thred tht ws pulled off round the oin 5 or 6 times lokwise. B-7 B-7 B-7 A While winding the oin, the oin thred ws wound elow the oin winder set. The oin thred nnot e pulled up. Nothing ppers in the LCD. The LCD sreen is fogged up. The empty oin ws not set on the pin properly. You hve not wound the oin thred properly. While initilly winding thred on the oin the oin thred is not properly inserted into the guides. Set the empty oin on the pin nd slowly turn the oin until you her it lik in ple. After removing the thred wound elow the oin winder set, wind the oin orretly. Follow the drwn imges on the top of the mhine for guidne when threding the mhine for oin winding. Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Reple the needle. B-3 Boin is set inorretly. Reset the oin orretly. B-20 Min power swith is not turned on. Turn the min power to ON. B-0 The plug of the power ord is not inserted into n eletril outlet. Insert the plug of the power ord into n eletril outlet. Condenstion hs formed on the LCD sreen. After while, the loudiness will dispper. B-7 B-7, A- B-0 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING The opertion keys do not respond. A glove is worn when the keys re pressed. The keys re pressed with fingernil. A non-eletrostti touh pen is eing used. Diretly touh the opertion keys with your finger. When using ommerilly ville touh pen, mke sure tht it is omptile with pitive sensing. B-5 The opertion keys do not respond, or the sensitivity is too strong. The sensitivity of the opertion keys is not set for the user. Adjust the sensitivity of the opertion keys. B-5 The sewing light does not ome on. The sewing light is dmged. Contt your uthorized By Lok retiler. Light is set to OFF in the settings sreen. Chnge the setting to ON. B-4 Appendix A-3

192 Trouleshooting Symptom Prole Cuse Remedy Referene Emroidery unit does not operte. Emroidery unit is not tthed orretly. Retth the emroidery unit orretly. B-54 Emroidery frme ws tthed efore the unit ws initilized. Remove the emroidery frme, nd then perform the initiliztion proess orretly. B-55 While sewing Symptom Prole Cuse Remedy Referene Mhine does not operte. Strt/Stop utton ws not pressed. Press the Strt/Stop utton. B-36 The oin winder shft is pushed to the right. Move the oin winder shft to the left. B-7 There is no pttern seleted. Selet pttern. B-36 Presser foot is not lowered. Lower the presser foot. B-2 Strt/Stop utton ws pressed with the foot ontroller tthed. The Strt/Stop utton ws pressed while the mhine is set for the sewing speed ontroller to ontrol the zigzg stith width. Remove the foot ontroller, or use the foot ontroller to operte the mhine. Use the foot ontroller insted of the Strt/ Stop utton to operte the mhine, or set the Width Control to OFF in the settings sreen. B-38 B-3, B-38 Needle reks. Needle is instlled inorretly. Reinstll the needle orretly. B-3 Needle lmp srew is not tightened. Tighten the needle lmp srew. B-3 Needle is turned or ent. Reple the needle. B-3 Using improper needle or thred for the seleted fri. Chek the Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions hrt. B-30 Wrong presser foot ws used. Use the reommended presser foot. B-34 Upper thred tension is too tight. Adjust the thred tension. B-42 Fri is pulled during sewing. Do not pull the fri during sewing. Spool p is set inorretly. There re srthes round the opening in the needle plte. * There is noth on the left side of the opening in the needle plte. This is not srth. Chek the method for tthing the spool p, then retth the spool p. Reple the needle plte, or onsult your uthorized By Lok retiler. B-7 A-8 Noth There re srthes round the opening in the presser foot. There re srthes on the oin se. Reple the presser foot, or onsult your uthorized By Lok retiler. Reple the oin se, or onsult your uthorized By Lok retiler. B-33 A-2 Needle is defetive. Reple the needle. B-3 A oin designed speifilly for this mhine is not used. Upper threding is inorret. Inorret oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed speifilly for this mhine. Chek the steps for threding the mhine nd rethred the mhine. B-7 B-23 Boin is set inorretly. Reset the oin orretly. B-20 Presser foot is tthed inorretly. Atth the presser foot orretly. B-33 A-4

193 Trouleshooting Symptom Prole Cuse Remedy Referene Needle reks. Srew of the presser foot holder is loose. Seurely tighten the srew of the presser foot. B-34 Fri is too thik. Fri is fed forefully when sewing thik fri or thik sems. Use fri tht the needle n piere when the hndwheel is turned. Allow the fri to e fed without eing forefully pushed. B-30, S-4 S-4 Stith length is too short. Adjust the stith length. B-4 Stilizer is not tthed to fri eing emroidered. Atth stilizer. B-58 Boin thred is inorretly wound. Use orretly wound oin. B-57 Upper thred reks. Mhine is not threded orretly (used the wrong spool p, spool p is loose, the thred did not th the needle r threder, et.). Rethred the mhine orretly. B-23 Knotted or tngled thred is eing used. Remove ny knots or tngles. The seleted needle is not pproprite for the thred eing used. Selet needle tht is pproprite for the type of thred eing used. B-30 Upper thred tension is too tight. Adjust the thred tension. B-42 Thred is tngled. Use sissors, et., to ut the tngled thred nd remove it from the re, et. Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Reple the needle. B-3 Needle is instlled inorretly. Reinstll the needle orretly. B-3 There re srthes round the opening of the needle plte. Reple the needle plte, or onsult your uthorized By Lok retiler. A-6 A-8 A * There is noth on the left side of the opening in the needle plte. This is not srth. Noth There re srthes round the opening in the presser foot. There re srthes on the oin se. Using improper needle or thred for the seleted fri. While sewing, the thred eme knotted or tngled. Reple the presser foot, or onsult your uthorized By Lok retiler. Reple the oin se, or onsult your uthorized By Lok retiler. Chek the Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions hrt. B-33 A-2 B-30 Rethred upper nd lower thred. B-20, B-23 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING A oin designed speifilly for this mhine is not used. Inorret oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed speifilly for this mhine. B-7 The thred is tngled on the wrong side of the fri. Upper threding is inorret. Chek the steps for threding the mhine nd rethred the mhine. Be sure tht the presser foot is in the rised position when threding the mhine so tht the upper thred sets properly in the upper tension. B-23, A-6 Using improper needle or thred for the seleted fri. Chek the Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions hrt. B-30 The upper thred is too tight. The oin thred is inorretly instlled. Corretly instll the oin thred. B-20, A-5 Appendix A-5

194 Trouleshooting Symptom Prole Cuse Remedy Referene Boin thred reks. Boin is set inorretly. Reset the oin orretly. B-20 Boin thred is inorretly wound. Use orretly wound oin. B-7 There re srthes on the oin or it doesn t rotte properly. Reple the oin. B-20 Thred is tngled. Use sissors, et. to ut the tngled thred nd remove it from the re, et. A-8 A oin designed speifilly for this mhine is not used. Inorret oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed speifilly for this mhine. B-7 Fri pukers. There is mistke in the upper or oin threding. Chek the steps for threding the mhine nd rethred it orretly. B-23 Spool p is set inorretly. Chek the method for tthing the spool p, then retth the spool p. B-23 Using improper needle or thred for the seleted fri. Chek the Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions hrt. B-30 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Reple the needle. B-3 Stithes re too long when sewing thin fris. Shorten the stith length. B-4 Thred tension is set inorretly. Adjust the thred tension. B-42 Wrong presser foot. Use the orret presser foot. B-34 The stith is not sewn orretly. The presser foot tht is used is not pproprite for the type of stith tht you wish to sew. Atth the presser foot tht is pproprite for the type of stith tht you wish to sew. B-34 The thred tension is inorret. Adjust the tension of the upper thred. B-42, A-7 The thred is tngled, for exmple, in the oin se. Feed dogs re set in the down position. Remove the tngle thred. If the thred is tngled in the oin se, len the re. Slide the feed dog position swith to the right ( ). A-8 B-2 Skipped stithes Mhine is threded inorretly. Chek the steps for threding the mhine nd rethred it orretly. B-23 Using improper needle or thred for the seleted fri. Chek the Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions hrt. B-30 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Reple the needle. B-3 Needle is instlled inorretly. Reinstll the needle orretly. B-3 Needle is defetive. Reple the needle. B-3 Dust or lint hs olleted under the needle plte. Remove the dust or lint with the rush. A-2 Thin or streth fris re eing sewn. Sew with one sheet of thin pper under the fri. S-5, D-4 No stithing Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Reple the needle. B-3 Boin is set inorretly. Reset the oin orretly. B-20 Upper threding is inorret. Chek the steps for threding the mhine nd rethred the mhine. B-23 A-6

195 Trouleshooting Symptom Prole Cuse Remedy Referene High-pithed sound while sewing Dust or lint is ught in the feed dogs. Remove the dust or lint. A-2 Piees of thred re ught in the re. Clen the re. A-2 Upper threding is inorret. Chek the steps for threding the mhine nd rethred the mhine. B-23 A oin designed speifilly for this mhine is not used. There re needle holes or frition srthes in the oin se. Inorret oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed speifilly for this mhine. Reple the oin se, or onsult your uthorized By Lok retiler. B-7 A-2 Fri does not feed through the mhine. Feed dogs re set in the down position. Slide the feed dog position swith to the right B-2 ( ). Stithes re too lose together. Lengthen the stith length setting. B-4 Wrong presser foot ws used. Use the orret presser foot. B-34 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Reple the needle. B-3 Fri does not feed through the mhine. The fri feeds in the opposite diretion. The needle ontts the needle plte. Fri eing sewn with the mhine nnot e removed. A roken needle hs fllen into the mhine. Thred is entngled. Zigzg foot J is slnted on thik sem t the eginning of stithing. Presser foot pressure is set inorretly for fri. Cut the entngled thred nd remove it from the re. Use the presser foot loking pin (lk utton on the left side) on zigzg foot J to keep the presser foot level while sewing. Adjust presser foot pressure within the settings sreen. The feed mehnism is dmged. Contt your uthorized By Lok retiler. The needle lmp srew is loose. Firmly tighten the needle lmp srew. If the needle is ent or lunt, reple it with new one. Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Reple the needle. B-3 Thred is tngled elow the needle plte. Lift up the fri nd ut the threds elow it, nd len the re. - Turn off the mhine, nd remove the needle plte. If the needle tht fell into the mhine n e seen, use tweezers to remove it. After removing the needle, return the needle plte to its originl position nd insert new needle. Before turning on the mhine, slowly turn the hndwheel towrd you to hek tht it turns smoothly nd tht the new needle enters through the enter of the needle plte opening. If the hndwheel does not turn smoothly or the needle tht fell into the mhine nnot e removed, onsult your uthorized By Lok retiler. A-8 S-4 B-45 B-3 A-8 A-8 A MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING The hndwheel feels sluggish when it is turned. Thred is tngled in the oin se. Remove the tngled thred from the oin se. Re-instll the oin se so it is orretly positioned. A-6, A-8 Appendix A-7

196 Trouleshooting After sewing Symptom Prole Cuse Remedy Referene Thred tension is inorret. Upper threding is inorret. Chek the steps for threding the mhine nd rethred the mhine. B-23 Boin is set inorretly. Reset the oin. (If needle plte ws removed, reinstll needle plte nd tighten srews prior to instlling oin se. Chek to mke sure needle enter through the enter of needle plte opening.) B-20, A-2 Using improper needle or thred for the seleted fri. Chek the Fri/Thred/Needle Comintions hrt. B-30 Presser foot holder is not tthed orretly. Retth the presser foot holder orretly. B-33 Thred tension is set inorretly. Adjust the thred tension. B-42 Boin thred is inorretly wound. Use orretly wound oin. B-20 Needle is turned, ent or the point is dull. Reple the needle. B-3 A oin designed speifilly for this mhine is not used. Inorret oins will not work properly. Only use oin designed speifilly for this mhine. B-7 Chrter or deortive ptterns re misligned. Pttern does not turn out. Pttern djustment settings were set inorretly. Revise the pttern djustment settings. D-5 Wrong presser foot ws used. Atth the orret presser foot. B-34 Did not use stilizer mteril on thin fris or streth fris. Atth stilizer mteril. D-4 Thred tension is set inorretly. Adjust the thred tension. B-42 Fri ws pulled, pushed or fed t n ngle while it ws eing sewn. The thred is tngled, for exmple, in the oin se. Sew while guiding the fri with your hnds so tht the fri is fed in stright line. Remove the tngle thred. If the thred is tngled in the oin se, len the re. B-36 A-2 Emroidery pttern does not sew out orretly. Thred is twisted. Use sissors, et., to ut the twisted thred nd remove it from the oin se, et. Thred tension is set inorretly. Adjust the thred tension. B-42 A-8 Fri ws not inserted into the frme orretly (fri ws loose, et.). Stilizing mteril ws not tthed. There ws n ojet pled ner the mhine, nd the rrige or emroidery frme hit the ojet during sewing. Fri outside the frme edges interferes with the sewing rm, so the emroidery unit nnot move. Fri is too hevy, so the emroidery unit nnot move freely. If the fri is not tut in the frme, the pttern my turn out poorly or there my e shrinkge of the pttern. Set the fri into the frme orretly. Alwys use stilizing mteril, espeilly with streth fris, lightweight fris, fris with orse weve, or fris tht often use pttern shrinkge. See your uthorized By Lok retiler for the proper stilizer. If the frme umps something during sewing, the pttern will turn out poorly. Do not ple nything in the re where the frme my ump it during sewing. Reinsert the fri in the emroidery frme so tht the exess fri is wy from the sewing rm, nd rotte the pttern 80 degrees. Ple lrge thik ook or similr ojet under the rm hed to lightly lift the hevy side nd keep it level. B-58 B-58 B-57 B-58 A-8

197 Trouleshooting Symptom Prole Cuse Remedy Referene Emroidery pttern does not sew out orretly. Fri is hnging off the tle. If the fri is hnging off the tle during emroidery, the emroidery unit will not move freely. Ple the fri so tht it does not hng off the tle or hold the fri to keep it from drgging. B-57 Fri is sngged or ught on something. Stop the mhine nd ple the fri so tht it does not get ught or sngged. Emroidery frme ws removed during sewing (for exmple, to reset the oin). The presser foot ws umped or moved while removing or tthing the emroidery frme, or the emroidery unit ws moved. If the presser foot is umped or the emroidery unit is moved during sewing, the pttern will not turn out. Be reful when removing or retthing the emroidery frme during sewing. B-62 Stilizer is inorretly tthed, for exmple, it is smller thn the emroidery frme. Atth the stilizer orretly. B-58 Loops pper on the surfe of the fri when emroidering. The thred tension is inorretly set. Adjust the thred tension. E-26 The omintion of the oin se nd oin thred is inorret. Chnge the oin se or oin thred so tht the orret omintion is used. B-57 Error messges When erroneous opertions re performed messges nd dvie on opertion will e displyed on the LCD. Follow wht is displyed. If you press or do the opertion orretly while the error messge is displyed, the messge disppers. Error messges Cuse/solution A A mlfuntion ourred. Turn the mhine off, then on gin. Cnnot hnge the onfigurtion of the hrters. Cnnot hnge the font sine some letters re not inluded to the seleted font. Cnnot reognize the dt for the seleted pttern. The dt my e orrupted. Plese turn off the power nd turn on gin. Chek nd rethred the upper thred. This messge is displyed if some mlfuntion ours. Turn the mhine off, then k on gin. If this messge ontinues to pper, the mhine my e mlfuntioning. Plese ontt your uthorized By Lok retiler. This messge is displyed when there re too mny hrters nd the urved hrter onfigurtion is impossile. This messge ppers when the font of the emroidery hrter pttern is hnged to one tht does not inlude hrters used in the pttern. This messge ppers when you try to retrieve pttern dt tht is invlid. Sine ny of the following my e the use, hek the pttern dt. The pttern dt is dmged. The dt tht you tried to retrieve ws reted using nother mnufturer s dt design system. Turn the mhine off, then on gin to return it to its norml ondition. This messge is displyed when the upper thred is roken or not threded orretly, nd the Strt/Stop utton, et. is pressed. MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 6 Dt volume is too lrge for this pttern. This messge is displyed when the ptterns you re editing tke up too muh memory, or if you re editing too mny ptterns for the memory. 7 Lower the uttonhole lever. This messge is displyed when the uttonhole lever is up, uttonhole stith is seleted, nd the Strt/Stop utton, et. is pressed. 8 Lower the presser foot lever. This messge is displyed when utton, suh s the Strt/Stop utton, ws pressed while the presser foot ws rised. 9 No more ptterns n e dded to this omintion. This messge is displyed when you tried to omine more thn 70 deortive stithes. 0 Not enough ville memory to sve. This messge is displyed when the memory is full nd the stith or pttern nnot e sved. Not enough ville memory to sve the pttern. Delete nother pttern? This messge is displyed when the memory is full nd the stith or pttern nnot e sved. Appendix A-9

198 Trouleshooting Error messges OK to rell nd resume previous memory? Cuse/solution This messge ppers if the mhine is turned off while emroidering, then turned on gin Pttern extends to the outside of emroidery frme. Pttern extends to the outside of emroidery frme. Add no dditionl hrters. Pttern extends to the outside of emroidery frme. This funtion nnot e used t this time. Preventive mintenne is reommended. Rise the uttonhole lever. Seleted pttern field extends to the outside of the emroidery frme. The oin thred is lmost empty. The oin winder sfety devie hs tivted. Is the thred tngled? The rrige of the emroidery unit will move. Keep your hnds et. wy from the rrige. The pokets re full. Delete pttern. Press to return the mhine to the ondition (pttern position nd numer of stithes) when it ws turned off. Follow the proedure desried in If the thred reks during sewing on pge E-24 to lign the needle position nd emroider the reminder of the pttern. This messge is displyed when the omined hrter pttern is too lrge for the emroidery frme. You n rotte the pttern 90 degrees nd ontinue omining hrters. This messge is displyed when the hrter pttern omintion is too lrge to fit in the emroidery frme. Chnge the hrter pttern size or lyout the ptterns to fit the emroidery frme. If Emroidery Frme Identifition View is set to ON, setting to OFF or seleting lrger frme my help. This messge ppers when the emroidery hrter pttern is resized or swithed etween written vertilly/horizontlly so tht it is too lrge for the emroidery frme. This messge is displyed when the mhine needs to e mintined. (pge A-3) This messge is displyed when the uttonhole lever is down, stith other thn uttonhole is seleted, nd the Strt/Stop utton, et. is pressed. This messge ppers when the seleted emroidery pttern is lrger thn the lrge emroidery frme. Redue the pttern size, or selet different pttern. This messge ppers when the seleted emroidery pttern is lrger thn the emroidery frme seleted when Emroidery Frme Identifition View is set to ON. This messge is displyed when the oin thred is running out. Follow the proedure desried in If the oin runs out of thred on pge E-23. This messge is displyed when the oin is eing wound, nd the motor loks euse the thred is tngled, et. This messge ppers efore emroidery unit moves. This messge is displyed when the memory is full nd pttern must e deleted. 23 The sfety devie hs een tivted. Is the thred tngled? Is the needle ent? This messge is displyed when the motor loks due to tngled thred or for other resons relted to thred delivery The "Strt/Stop" utton does not operte with the foot ontroller tthed. Remove the foot ontroller. There is pttern inluded tht nnot e sved to USB medi. Sve the pttern in the mhine's memory. This pttern nnot e used. This messge is displyed when the Strt/Stop utton is pressed to sew Utility stithes or Chrter/Deortive stithes while the foot ontroller is onneted. Depending on the pttern, it my not e possile to sve it to USB flsh drive. This messge ppers when you try to retrieve pttern tht nnot e used with this mhine. 27 This USB medi nnot e used. This messge is displyed when you try to use inomptile medi. 28 Turn off the power nd reple the needle plte. This messge is displyed when you try to sew with stith other thn stright stith (middle needle position) while the stright stith needle plte is instlled. This messge is lso displyed when the needle plte is removed while the mhine is still turned on. 29 USB medi error This messge is displyed when n error ours with the USB flsh drive. A-20

199 Trouleshooting 30 3 Error messges USB medi is not loded. Lod USB medi. When the speed ontroller is set to ontrol the zigzg stith width, the "Strt/Stop" utton does not operte. Cuse/solution This messge is displyed when you try to rell or sve pttern while no USB flsh drive is loded. This messge is displyed when the speed ontrol lever is set to ontrol the zigzg stith width, nd the Strt/Stop utton is pressed. Set Width Control to OFF in the settings sreen (pge B-3), or use the foot ontroller to operte the mhine. If error messge F** ppers in the LCD while the sewing mhine is eing 32 F** used, the mhine my e mlfuntioning. Contt your uthorized By Lok retiler. A MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING Appendix A-2

200 Upgrding your mhine s softwre using USB flsh drive Upgrding your mhine s softwre using USB flsh drive You n use USB flsh drive to upgrde softwre for your sewing mhine. When n upgrde progrm is ville on our wesite t plese downlod the file(s) following the instrutions on the wesite nd steps listed elow. Note When using USB flsh drive to upgrde the softwre, hek tht no dt other thn the upgrde file is sved on the USB flsh drive eing used efore strting to upgrde. Upgrde file n e relled from USB flsh drive of ny size. Turn on the mhine while pressing nd holding (Needle position utton). Press. d The following sreen ppers. Note If n error ourred, text error messge will pper. At this time, turn the mhine off, nd then strt the proedure gin from step. When the following sreen ppers, upgrding is ompleted. The following sreen ppers. e Remove the USB flsh drive, nd turn the mhine off nd on gin. Insert the USB flsh drive into the USB port on the mhine. The medi devie should only ontin the upgrde file. USB port 2 USB flsh drive Note When using USB flsh drive equipped with n ess inditor, the ess inditor will egin flshing fter the medi is inserted into your mhine, nd my tke out 5 to 6 seonds efore the medi is reognized. (The length of time vries depending on the USB flsh drive.) A-22

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Thnk you for purhsing this mhine. Before using this mhine, refully red the IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS, nd then study this mnul for the orret opertion of the vrious funtions.

More information

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Thnk you for purhsing this mhine. Before using this mhine, refully red the IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS, nd then study this mnul for the orret opertion of the vrious funtions.

More information

CONGRATULATIONS ON CHOOSING OUR MACHINE PLEASE READ BEFORE USING THIS MACHINE

CONGRATULATIONS ON CHOOSING OUR MACHINE PLEASE READ BEFORE USING THIS MACHINE CONGRATULATIONS ON CHOOSING OUR MACHINE Your mhine is the most dvned omputerized household sewing mhine. To fully enjoy ll the fetures inorported, we suggest tht you study the mnul. PLEASE READ BEFORE

More information

Operation Manual. Sewing Machine. Product Code: 888-F42

Operation Manual. Sewing Machine. Product Code: 888-F42 Opertion Mnul Sewing Mhine Produt Code: 888-F42 Be sure to red this doument efore using the mhine. We reommend tht you keep this doument nery for future referene. INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Thnk you for

More information

GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX. Operation Manual. Computerized Sewing Machine

GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX. Operation Manual. Computerized Sewing Machine GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX Opertion Mnul Computerized Sewing Mhine Importnt Sfety Instrutions Plese red these sfety instrutions efore ttempting to use the mhine. This mhine is

More information

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Thnk you for purhsing this mhine. Before using this mhine, refully red the IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS, nd then study this mnul for the orret opertion of the vrious funtions.

More information

Computerized Embroidery and Sewing Machine. Operation Manual

Computerized Embroidery and Sewing Machine. Operation Manual GETTING READY SEWING BASICS 2 UTILITY STITCHES 3 EMBROIDERY 4 APPENDIX 5 Computerized Emroidery nd Sewing Mhine Opertion Mnul Produt Code: 885-U0/U04 Be sure to red this doument efore using the mhine.

More information

Operation Manual GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX. Computerized Sewing Machine Product Code: 888-V12/V13/V15

Operation Manual GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX. Computerized Sewing Machine Product Code: 888-V12/V13/V15 GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX Opertion Mnul Computerized Sewing Mhine Produt Code: 888-V12/V13/V15 Be sure to red this doument efore using the mhine. We reommend tht you keep this

More information

Operation Manual. Read before use. Read when additional information is required. GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX

Operation Manual. Read before use. Read when additional information is required. GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX GETTING READY Red efore use. SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES Red when dditionl informtion is required. APPENDIX Computerized Sewing Mhine Produt Code: 885-U24 Opertion Mnul IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

More information

Operation Manual GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX. Computerized Sewing Machine

Operation Manual GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX. Computerized Sewing Machine GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX Opertion Mnul Computerized Sewing Mhine Importnt Sfety Instrutions Plese red these sfety instrutions efore ttempting to use the mhine. This mhine is

More information

Operation Manual GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX. Computerized Sewing Machine Product Code: 888-V14

Operation Manual GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX. Computerized Sewing Machine Product Code: 888-V14 GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX Be sure to red this doument efore using the mhine. We reommend tht you keep this doument nery for future referene. Opertion Mnul Computerized Sewing

More information

Operation Manual. Product Code 885-V51. Computerized Embroidery Machine GETTING READY EMBROIDERY APPENDIX

Operation Manual. Product Code 885-V51. Computerized Embroidery Machine GETTING READY EMBROIDERY APPENDIX Computerized Emroidery Mhine Opertion Mnul Produt Code 885-V51 GETTING READY EMBROIDERY APPENDIX Plese visit us t http://solutions.rother.om where you n get produt support nd nswers to frequently sked

More information

Operation Manual GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES EMBROIDERY APPENDIX. Easy Thread Cassette System

Operation Manual GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES EMBROIDERY APPENDIX. Easy Thread Cassette System SE-BrotherE_sgml.ook Pge Mondy, June 30, 003 3:44 PM GETTING READY SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES EMBROIDERY APPENDIX CPS5XV[Y Esy Thred Cssette System Opertion Mnul Inluded Aessories After opening the

More information

Operation Manual Sewing Machine

Operation Manual Sewing Machine Opertion Mnul Sewing Mhine Produt Code: 888-S33/S36 KNOWING YOUR SEWING MACHINE SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX Be sure to red this doument efore using the mhine. We reommend tht you keep this

More information

SERVICE MANUAL 9940/20/10

SERVICE MANUAL 9940/20/10 9940/0/0 9/0/00 Tle of ontents REMOVING THE EXTERIOR PARTS... A. Light Cover... B. Bse... C. Top Cover (Flp)... 4 D. Hinge Cover... 4 E. Thred Tension Cover... 4 F. Side Enlosure... 5 G. Hndle nd Unit

More information

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS When using this mhine, si sfety preutions should lwys e tken, inluding the following: Red ll instrutions efore using. DANGER - To redue the risk of eletri shok: 1. The mhine

More information

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Thnk you for purchsing this mchine. Before using this mchine, crefully red the IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS, nd then study this mnul for the correct opertion of the vrious functions.

More information

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS. Please read these safety instructions before attempting to use the machine.

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS. Please read these safety instructions before attempting to use the machine. INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION Thnk you for purhsing this emroidery nd sewing mhine. Before using this mhine, refully red the IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS, nd then study this mnul for the orret opertion of

More information

Operation Manual Sewing

Operation Manual Sewing Opertion Mnul Sewing Emroidery nd Sewing Mhine Produt Code: 882-W30 Be sure to red this mnul efore using the mhine. We reommend tht you keep this doument nery for future referene. INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION

More information

Operation Manual. Product Code 885-V55. Computerized Embroidery Machine GETTING READY EMBROIDERY APPENDIX

Operation Manual. Product Code 885-V55. Computerized Embroidery Machine GETTING READY EMBROIDERY APPENDIX Computerized Emroidery Mchine Opertion Mnul Product Code 885-V55 GETTING READY EMBROIDERY APPENDIX Be sure to red this document efore using the mchine. We recommend tht you keep this document nery for

More information

Operation Manual. Embroidery Machine. Product Code: 888-M30/M31

Operation Manual. Embroidery Machine. Product Code: 888-M30/M31 Opertion Mnul Emroiery Mhine Prout Coe: 888-M30/M31 Be sure to re this oument efore using the mhine. We reommen tht you keep this oument nery for future referene. INTRODUCTION Thnk you for purhsing this

More information

Operation Manual Sewing Machine

Operation Manual Sewing Machine Opertion Mnul Sewing Mchine Product Code: 888-V64/V65/V66/V67 KNOWING YOUR SEWING MACHINE SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX Be sure to red this document efore using the mchine. We recommend tht you

More information

For installation help please visit Please Do Not Return Product to Store!

For installation help please visit   Please Do Not Return Product to Store! Instlltion Guide Replement Sreen Housing for ndersen Luminire Retrtle Inset Sreen Door For instlltion help plese visit www.ndersenluminire.om/instll Plese Do Not Return Produt to Store PLESE ll the Storm

More information

* * 98/9949WDC. 1-Point Latch (LBL) 2-Point Latch includes these additional parts. Customer Service

* * 98/9949WDC. 1-Point Latch (LBL) 2-Point Latch includes these additional parts. Customer Service *24017501* 24017501 Coneled Vertil Devie for Wood Doors 98/9949WDC Instlltion Instrutions 1-Point Lth (LBL) 2-Point Lth inludes these dditionl prts NOTE: If door does not hve utout for ling inside lok

More information

Operation Manual. Embroidery Machine. Product Code: 882-D80/D82

Operation Manual. Embroidery Machine. Product Code: 882-D80/D82 Opertion Mnul Emroidery Mchine Product Code: 882-D80/D82 Be sure to red this document efore using the mchine. We recommend tht you keep this document nery for future reference. TRADEMARKS IMPORTANT: READ

More information

All information provided related to future Intel products and plans is preliminary and subject to change at any time, without notice.

All information provided related to future Intel products and plans is preliminary and subject to change at any time, without notice. TRADEMARKS IMPORTANT: READ BEFORE DOWNLOADING, COPYING, INSTALLING OR USING. By downloding, copying, instlling or using the softwre you gree to this license. If you do not gree to this license, do not

More information

ISM-PRO SOFTWARE DIGITAL MICROSCOPE OPERATION MANUAL

ISM-PRO SOFTWARE DIGITAL MICROSCOPE OPERATION MANUAL MN-ISM-PRO-E www.insize.om ISM-PRO SOFTWARE DIGITAL MICROSCOPE OPERATION MANUAL Desription Clik Next. As the following piture: ISM-PRO softwre is for ISM-PM00SA, ISM-PM600SA, ISM- PM60L digitl mirosopes.

More information

Operation Manual Embroidery

Operation Manual Embroidery Opertion Mnul Emroidery Emroidery nd Sewing Mchine Product Code: 882-W30 Be sure to red this mnul efore using the mchine. We recommend tht you keep this document nery for future reference. HOW TO USE

More information

Operation Manual. Embroidery and Sewing Machine. Product Code: 882-C50

Operation Manual. Embroidery and Sewing Machine. Product Code: 882-C50 Opertion Mnul Emroidery nd Sewing Mchine Product Code: 882-C50 Be sure to red this document efore using the mchine. We recommend tht you keep this document nery for future reference. TRADEMARKS IMPORTANT:

More information

MODEL 351 POWERGLIDE SERIES INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING SARGENT DOOR CLOSERS WITH "H" HOLDER ARMS

MODEL 351 POWERGLIDE SERIES INSTRUCTIONS FOR INSTALLING SARGENT DOOR CLOSERS WITH H HOLDER ARMS MODEL POWERGLIDE SERIES INSTRUTIONS FOR INSTLLING SRGENT LOSERS WITH "H" HOLDER S SERIES NON SIZED DJUSTLE SIZES THRU 6 UTION: FILURE TO INSTLL OR DJUST PROPERLY MY RESULT IN INJURY OR DMGE. FOR SSISTNE,

More information

Operation Manual. Sewing Machine KNOWING YOUR SEWING MACHINE SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX

Operation Manual. Sewing Machine KNOWING YOUR SEWING MACHINE SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX Opertion Mnul Sewing Mchine Product Code: 885-V58/V59/V68/V69 KNOWING YOUR SEWING MACHINE SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX Be sure to red this document before using the mchine. We recommend tht

More information

RWM4400UH High Performance Hand Held Wireless Microphone System

RWM4400UH High Performance Hand Held Wireless Microphone System CH 1 CH 2 CH 3 CH 4 UHF QUAD VOLUME MAX VOLUME MAX VOLUME MAX VOLUME RWM 4400UH MIN MIN MIN CHANNEL 1 CHANNEL 2 CHANNEL 3 CHANNEL 4 RWM4400UH High Performne Hnd Held Wireless Mirophone System OWNER S MANUAL

More information

McAfee Network Security Platform

McAfee Network Security Platform M-6030 Sensor Quik Strt Guide Revision B MAfee Network Seurity Pltform This Quik Strt Guide explins how to quikly set up nd tivte your MAfee Network Seurity Pltform [formerly MAfee IntruShield ] M-6030

More information

McAfee Network Security Platform

McAfee Network Security Platform M-2750 Sensor Quik Strt Guide Revision B MAfee Network Seurity Pltform This Quik Strt Guide explins how to quikly set up nd tivte your MAfee Network Seurity Pltform M-2750 Sensor in in-line mode. Cling

More information

Basic Embroidery. Chapter 5 COMBINING PATTERNS BEFORE EMBROIDERING PREPARING THE FABRIC SELECTING PATTERNS...

Basic Embroidery. Chapter 5 COMBINING PATTERNS BEFORE EMBROIDERING PREPARING THE FABRIC SELECTING PATTERNS... Chpter 5 Bsic Emroidery BEFORE EMBROIDERING... 196 Emroidery Step y Step...196 Attching Emroidery Foot W+ with LED pointer...197 Attching the Emroidery Unit...197 Aout the Emroidery Unit... 197 Removing

More information

POWER TRIM. Table of Contents. Section 5C - Dual Power Trim System

POWER TRIM. Table of Contents. Section 5C - Dual Power Trim System SERVICE MANUAL NUMBER 28 Tle of Contents POWER TRIM Setion 5C - Dul Power Trim System DUAL POWER TRIM SYSTEM Lurints / Selnts / Adhesives..... 5C-2 Importnt Informtion................ 5C-2 Testing Dul

More information

INSTALLATION & OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS LEVER HANDLE LOCKSETS.

INSTALLATION & OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS LEVER HANDLE LOCKSETS. INSTALLATION & OPERATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR LEVER HANDLE LOCKSETS 999-00333E_EN FOR BRINKS HOME SECURITY INTERIOR LOCKING & NON-LOCKING LEVER HANDLE LOCKSETS. FITS DOORS 1-3/8" (35 mm) TO 1-3/4" (45 mm)

More information

Operation Manual. Embroidery and Sewing Machine. Product Code: 882-C40/C42

Operation Manual. Embroidery and Sewing Machine. Product Code: 882-C40/C42 Opertion Mnul Emroidery nd Sewing Mchine Product Code: 882-C40/C42 Be sure to red this document efore using the mchine. We recommend tht you keep this document nery for future reference. TRADEMARKS IMPORTANT:

More information

1/4" Multi-Turn Fully Sealed Container Cermet Trimmer

1/4 Multi-Turn Fully Sealed Container Cermet Trimmer www.vishy.om Vishy Sfernie 1/4" Multi-Turn Fully Seled Continer Cermet Trimmer Due to their squre shpe nd smll size (6.8 mm x 6.8 mm x 5 mm), the multi-turn trimmers of the series re idelly suited for

More information

Installation manual. Daikin Altherma LAN adapter BRP069A61 BRP069A62. Installation manual Daikin Altherma LAN adapter. English

Installation manual. Daikin Altherma LAN adapter BRP069A61 BRP069A62. Installation manual Daikin Altherma LAN adapter. English Instlltion mnul Dikin Altherm LAN dpter BRP069A6 BRP069A6 Instlltion mnul Dikin Altherm LAN dpter English Tle of ontents Tle of ontents Aout the doumenttion. Aout this doument... Aout the produt. Comptiility....

More information

1/4" Multi-Turn Fully Sealed Container Cermet Trimmer

1/4 Multi-Turn Fully Sealed Container Cermet Trimmer 1/4" Multi-Turn Fully Seled Continer Cermet Trimmer Due to their squre shpe nd smll size (6.8 mm x 6.8 mm x 5 mm), the multi-turn trimmers of the series re idelly suited for PCB use, enling high density

More information

Analog Input Modules

Analog Input Modules 7 922 nlog Input odules G56... nlog input modules for the ontrol of SQ5... ir dmper tutors y ontinuous nlog ontrol signls, suh s 4...20 m, nd ontinuous nlog position feedk signls. For supplementry Dt Sheets,

More information

AGA56... Analog Input Modules. Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products

AGA56... Analog Input Modules. Siemens Building Technologies HVAC Products 7 922 nlog Input odules G56... nlog input modules for the ontrol of SQ5... ir dmper tutors y ontinuous nlog ontrol signls, suh s 4...20 m, nd ontinuous nlog position feedk signls. For supplementry Dt Sheets,

More information

3/8" Square Multi-Turn Cermet Trimmer

3/8 Square Multi-Turn Cermet Trimmer www.vishy.om 3/8" Squre Multi-Turn Cermet Trimmer Vishy Sfernie ermet element. FEATURES Industril grde The is smll size trimmer - 3/8" x 3/8" x 3/16" - nswering PC ord mounting requirements. Five versions

More information

Patterns and Algebra

Patterns and Algebra Student Book Series D Mthletis Instnt Workooks Copyright Series D Contents Topi Ptterns nd funtions identifying nd reting ptterns skip ounting ompleting nd desriing ptterns numer ptterns in tles growing

More information

3/8" Square Multi-Turn Cermet Trimmer

3/8 Square Multi-Turn Cermet Trimmer Vishy Sfernie 3/8" Squre Multi-Turn Cermet Trimmer FEATURES Industril grde W t 70 C The T93 is smll size trimmer - 3/8" x 3/8" x 3/16" - nswering PC ord mounting requirements. Five versions re ville whih

More information

Operation Manual. Addendum. Embroidery Machine. Product Code: 884-T13

Operation Manual. Addendum. Embroidery Machine. Product Code: 884-T13 Emroidery Mchine Opertion Mnul Addendum Product Code: 884-T13 Be sure to red this document efore using the mchine. We recommend tht you keep this document nery for future reference. ABOUT THIS MANUAL ABOUT

More information

ABOUT THIS MANUAL ABOUT THIS MANUAL

ABOUT THIS MANUAL ABOUT THIS MANUAL ABOUT THIS MANUAL ABOUT THIS MANUAL This mnul provides detils on IQ Designer, which is ville with the upgrde. Mke sure tht the mchine hs een upgrded to the most recent version. When you find this icon

More information

Macroscopic and Microscopic Springs Procedure

Macroscopic and Microscopic Springs Procedure Mrosopi nd Mirosopi Springs Proedure OBJECTIVE Purpose In this l you will: investigte the spring-like properties of stright wire, disover the strethiness of mteril, independent of the size nd shpe of n

More information

Abdominal Wound Closure Forceps

Abdominal Wound Closure Forceps Inventor: Crlson, Mrk A. My 25, 2007 Adominl Wound Closure Foreps Astrt. The devie is modifition of stndrd tissue foreps for use during losure of dominl wounds mde for surgil proedure. The modifition onsists

More information

McAfee Network Security Platform

McAfee Network Security Platform NS9300XC Sensor Quik Strt Guide Revision A MAfee Network Seurity Pltform This Quik Strt Guide explins how to quikly set up nd tivte your MAfee Network Seurity Pltform NS9300XC Sensor to e lod lned y MAfee

More information

1" MORTISE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

1 MORTISE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS K Aess Control 2941 Indin Avenue Winston-Slem, NC 27105 USA Tel: (800) 849-8324 (336) 725-1331 Fx: (800) 346-9640 (336) 725-3269 www.kess.om www.e-plexlok.om PKG3140 0507 1" MORTISE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

More information

English Printed in Taiwan XG

English Printed in Taiwan XG COVER 1-4 C M Y K English Printed in Tiwn XG0091-001 Congrtultions on choosing our product! Thnk you very much for purchsing our product. To otin the est performnce from this device nd to ensure sfe nd

More information

Resistors, Current and Voltage measurements, Ohm s law, Kirchhoff s first and second law. Kirchhoff s first Objectives:

Resistors, Current and Voltage measurements, Ohm s law, Kirchhoff s first and second law. Kirchhoff s first Objectives: EE -050 Ciruit L Experiment # esistors, Current nd Voltge mesurements, Ohm s lw, Kirhhoff s first nd seond lw. Kirhhoff s first Ojetives: Slmn in Adul Aziz University Eletril Engineering Deprtment. Fmiliriztion

More information

Math Circles Finite Automata Question Sheet 3 (Solutions)

Math Circles Finite Automata Question Sheet 3 (Solutions) Mth Circles Finite Automt Question Sheet 3 (Solutions) Nickols Rollick nrollick@uwterloo.c Novemer 2, 28 Note: These solutions my give you the nswers to ll the prolems, ut they usully won t tell you how

More information

Operation Manual. Embroidery and Sewing Machine. Product Code: 882-W20/W22

Operation Manual. Embroidery and Sewing Machine. Product Code: 882-W20/W22 Opertion Mnul Emroidery nd Sewing Mchine Product Code: 882-W20/W22 Be sure to red this document efore using the mchine. We recommend tht you keep this document nery for future reference. INTRODUCTION

More information

PROGRAMMING MANUAL MTMA/01 MTMV/01 FB00329-EN

PROGRAMMING MANUAL MTMA/01 MTMV/01 FB00329-EN RMMING MNUL MTM/01 MTMV/01 FB00329-EN Generl precutions Red the instructions crefully efore eginning the instlltion nd crry out the ctions s specified y the mnufcturer. The instlltion, progrmming, commissioning

More information

Elettra Evolution OK! OK! b. User manual

Elettra Evolution OK! OK! b. User manual Elettr Evolution User mnul Pg. 1 INSTALLING THE SOLENOID VALVE. The progrmmle solenoi vlve is fully wtertight n will funtion even if instlle permnently uner wter t epth of up to one metre (IP68 ingress

More information

LORING THE SMARTER WAY TO ROAST PROPRIETARY ITEM:

LORING THE SMARTER WAY TO ROAST PROPRIETARY ITEM: TLE, MXIMUM WEIGHTS, L (KG) ROSTER (9) JOS TUING + (9.) GREEN EN RT + (.) EXHUST STK VENT UTO HOPPER.9.. 9.. ZONE TRIER UTO ISHRGE OOR PPROVE J HUTTON. 0....0 9. WLL TO. 0..0 0. REOMMENE LERNE.0. REOMMENE

More information

LORING THE SMARTER WAY TO ROAST PROPRIETARY ITEM:

LORING THE SMARTER WAY TO ROAST PROPRIETARY ITEM: TLE, MXIMUM WEIGHTS, L (KG) ROSTER (.) JOS TUING +. (.) ZONE.. 9.. 0.. 9. WLL TO L 0F STK 9.9 MINIMUM ROSTER LERNES R9.. ELETRIL ENLOSURE OOR OPENING EXHUST VENT JOS TUING EN ISION HISTORY ESRIPTION INITIL

More information

* * 33/3549A CS 33/3549A. 2-Point Latch includes these additional parts. 1-Point Latch (LBL) Customer Service. Installation Instructions

* * 33/3549A CS 33/3549A. 2-Point Latch includes these additional parts. 1-Point Latch (LBL) Customer Service. Installation Instructions *23970726* 23970726 33/3549A CS 33/3549A Instlltion Instructions This instruction covers new instlltion of the 33/3549A conceled verticl device for luminum nd hollow metl doors. RF Also covered is the

More information

mac profile Configuration Guide Adobe Photoshop CS/CC Sawgrass Virtuoso SG400/SG800 Macintosh v

mac profile Configuration Guide Adobe Photoshop CS/CC Sawgrass Virtuoso SG400/SG800 Macintosh v mc profile Mcintosh 10.5-10.10 Configurtion Guide Adoe Photoshop CS/CC Swgrss Virtuoso SG400/SG800 v20150427 Configurtion Guide - Photoshop CS/CC Swgrss SG400/800 Before proceeding, ensure the correct

More information

660 Freestyle/Style Door with Double In-Line Panels

660 Freestyle/Style Door with Double In-Line Panels 660 Freestyle/Style Door with Doule In-Line Pnels (CUH or MG) Style Series Option M Metl HK87 Slide MGNTIC PULL HNDL KIT with Mgnet Vinyl 989 MGNTIC DOOR STOP 716 HDR / SILL INSRT O V678 VINYL DOOR SL

More information

CAUTION- SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS This product is for household use, or equivalent.

CAUTION- SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS This product is for household use, or equivalent. Never operate this sewing machine if it has a damaged cord or plug, if it is not working properly, if it has been dropped or damaged, dropped into water. Return this sewing machine to the nearest authorized

More information

Probability and Statistics P(A) Mathletics Instant Workbooks. Copyright

Probability and Statistics P(A) Mathletics Instant Workbooks. Copyright Proility nd Sttistis Student Book - Series K- P(A) Mthletis Instnt Workooks Copyright Student Book - Series K Contents Topis Topi - Review of simple proility Topi - Tree digrms Topi - Proility trees Topi

More information

SLOVAK UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY Faculty of Material Science and Technology in Trnava. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND ELECTRONICS Laboratory exercises

SLOVAK UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY Faculty of Material Science and Technology in Trnava. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND ELECTRONICS Laboratory exercises SLOVAK UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY Fulty of Mteril Siene nd Tehnology in Trnv ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND ELECTRONICS Lbortory exerises Róbert Riedlmjer TRNAVA 00 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING AND ELECTRONICS Lbortory

More information

Fitting & User Instructions

Fitting & User Instructions Issue 03 Alexnder Universl Furniture Risers Note: These frmes require the ddition of n ttchment. (See pges 4 - ) Bse Frme Mrk Bse Frme Mrk Fitting & User Instructions These instructions pply to the rising

More information

WORKSHOP 15 PARASOLID MODELING

WORKSHOP 15 PARASOLID MODELING WORKSHOP 15 PARASOLID MODELING WS15-2 Workshop Ojetives Crete prsoli moel of tension fitting using numer of the prsoli tools in MSC.Ptrn WS15-3 Suggeste Exerise Steps 1. Crete new tse for the tension fitting

More information

DCM Series DC T-Series Non-Spring Return Rotary Electronic Damper Actuators

DCM Series DC T-Series Non-Spring Return Rotary Electronic Damper Actuators DCM-0 Series DC-0-T-Series Non-Spring Return Rotry Eletroni Dmper Atutors. Atutor. U-olt shft pter. Position initor EA0R e f g. Shft pter loking lip e. Position initor pter f. Mounting rket g. Mounting

More information

(1) Primary Trigonometric Ratios (SOH CAH TOA): Given a right triangle OPQ with acute angle, we have the following trig ratios: ADJ

(1) Primary Trigonometric Ratios (SOH CAH TOA): Given a right triangle OPQ with acute angle, we have the following trig ratios: ADJ Tringles nd Trigonometry Prepred y: S diyy Hendrikson Nme: Dte: Suppose we were sked to solve the following tringles: Notie tht eh tringle hs missing informtion, whih inludes side lengths nd ngles. When

More information

Question Paper Wednesday 13 Thursday 14 January 2010

Question Paper Wednesday 13 Thursday 14 January 2010 KEY SKILLS INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY Level 3 ArtComp [KSI31] Question Pper Wenesy 13 Thursy 14 Jnury 2010 Do NOT open this Question Pper until you re tol to y the invigiltor THERE ARE THREE

More information

ASY P.O. BOX 729 TERRELL, TEXAS / PAGE 1 OF 13 SAM

ASY P.O. BOX 729 TERRELL, TEXAS / PAGE 1 OF 13 SAM 203 Madix Inc., ll rights reserved ommon Parts 2 MXI GRI WIRE GRI SHELF WITH (GPWGS) MXI GRI FIXTURE PNEL (GPWFP) FIXTURE PNELS RE USE S EN SUPPORT. SHELF N E USE NYWHERE. MXI GRI REINFORMENT R 3 (GPR)

More information

BACK DOOR GLASS REPLACEMENT HINT:

BACK DOOR GLASS REPLACEMENT HINT: WINSHIEL/WINOWGLSS/MIRROR REPLEMENT 7025 The instlltion proeures re the removl proeures in reverse orer. However, only instlltion proeures requiring itionl inormtion re inlue. 700VX01 Pino Wire lip 1.

More information

Programming Guide. Neurostimulators for Chronic Pain. RestoreSensor, RestoreUltra, RestoreAdvanced, and PrimeAdvanced

Programming Guide. Neurostimulators for Chronic Pain. RestoreSensor, RestoreUltra, RestoreAdvanced, and PrimeAdvanced Progrmming Guide Neurostimultors for Chroni Pin RestoreSensor, RestoreUltr, RestoreAdvned, nd PrimeAdvned For use with SureSn MRI nd erlier non-suresn Neurostimultion Systems. Overview This guide desries

More information

Technical Note 7. General Introduction. Holy Stone

Technical Note 7. General Introduction. Holy Stone Generl Introdution Tehnil Note 7 The Multilyer Cermi Chip Cpitors supplied in bulk, ssette or tped & reel pkge re idelly suitble for thik-film Hybrid iruits nd utomti surfe mounting on printed iruit bords.

More information

FOR DEVICES SOLD PRIOR TO

FOR DEVICES SOLD PRIOR TO 23970734 98/9949 CS 98/9949 FOR DEVICES SOLD PRIOR TO 8-10-16 This instruction covers new instlltion of the 98/9949 conceled verticl device for hollow metl nd luminum doors. RF Instlltion Instructions

More information

Sewing and Embroidery Machine

Sewing and Embroidery Machine Mid-Level Sewing and Embroidery Machine Discover new paths to creativity with the Baby Lock Aventura II sewing and embroidery machine. Powered by Baby Lock IQ TechnologyTM, the Aventura II makes every

More information

Introduction 6 Basics 8 Projects 26. Stitching terms 94. About the author 95

Introduction 6 Basics 8 Projects 26. Stitching terms 94. About the author 95 Contents Klmh Books 21027 Crossros Cirle Wukesh, Wisonsin 53186 www.klmh.om/books 2010 Lesley Weiss All rights reserve. Exept for rief exerpts for review, this ook my not e reproue in prt or in whole y

More information

TUR DOORS SHOWER DOORS

TUR DOORS SHOWER DOORS TUR DOORS SHOWER DOORS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TUB DOORS: LBTDB6062 SHOWER DOORS: LBSDB4876 LBSDB6076 VERSION: 3.2 PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION TUB DOORS SHOWER DOORS PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION READ

More information

REMOTE IR/LED MODULE REMOTE 3 REVISION HISTORY C DETAIL A SCALE 1 : 1.5 I\O PANEL - SHEET 1 OF 6 ECO ZONE REV. DESCRIPTION DATE APPR'D

REMOTE IR/LED MODULE REMOTE 3 REVISION HISTORY C DETAIL A SCALE 1 : 1.5 I\O PANEL - SHEET 1 OF 6 ECO ZONE REV. DESCRIPTION DATE APPR'D 00000 ISION HISTORY EO ZONE. ESRIPTION TE PPR'. 9...0 IR 0 0.. LE INITOR LNSPE WLL MOUNT HNGERS REMOTE IR/LE MOULE REMOTE. 0 PORTRIT WLL MOUNT HNGERS SERVIE PNEL KEEP PERFORTE RES LER FOR IRFLOW. 9..0..

More information

peyote stitch projects and patterns

peyote stitch projects and patterns 6 peyote stith projets nd ptterns 2011 Klmh Pulishing Co. This mteril my not e reprodued in ny form without permission from the pulisher. 1 Contents Colorful onnetions...p. 3 Wve ring...p. 5 Lovely nd

More information

Pearson Education Limited Edinburgh Gate Harlow Essex CM20 2JE England and Associated Companies throughout the world

Pearson Education Limited Edinburgh Gate Harlow Essex CM20 2JE England and Associated Companies throughout the world Person Edution Limited Edinurgh Gte Hrlow Essex M20 2JE Englnd nd ssoited ompnies throughout the world Visit us on the World Wide We t: www.personed.o.uk Person Edution Limited 2014 ll rights reserved.

More information

CAL. NX15 DUO-DISPLAY QUARTZ

CAL. NX15 DUO-DISPLAY QUARTZ L. NX15 UO-ISPLY QURTZ l nlogue time disply l igitl time nd clendr l hronogrph l Tchymeter l t recll function l lrm l Illuminting light (Electroluminescent pnel) ENGLISH Illuminting light (TIME/LENR mode

More information

After opening the box, check that the following accessories are enclosed. If any item is missing or damaged, contact your retailer.

After opening the box, check that the following accessories are enclosed. If any item is missing or damaged, contact your retailer. Enclosed Accessories After opening the box, check that the following accessories are enclosed. If any item is missing or damaged, contact your retailer. Accessories The following items should also be enclosed

More information

Aquauno Select MINUTES. (duration) FREQUENCY LED. OFF 8h AQUAUNO SELECT 5 MIN FREQUENCY. the timer is being programmed;

Aquauno Select MINUTES. (duration) FREQUENCY LED. OFF 8h AQUAUNO SELECT 5 MIN FREQUENCY. the timer is being programmed; Aquuno Select Pg. INSTALLATION. Attch the timer to cold wter tp, following these simple instructions. Do not instll the timer in pit or vlve ox, elow ground level or indoors. Do not use the timer with

More information

After opening the box, check that the following accessories are enclosed. If any item is missing or damaged, contact your retailer.

After opening the box, check that the following accessories are enclosed. If any item is missing or damaged, contact your retailer. Enclosed Accessories After opening the box, check that the following accessories are enclosed. If any item is missing or damaged, contact your retailer. Accessories The following items should also be enclosed

More information

McAfee Network Security Platform

McAfee Network Security Platform Revision D MAfee Network Seurity Pltform (M-8000 Quik Strt Guie) This Quik Strt Guie explins how to quikly set up n tivte your MAfee Network Seurity Pltform [formerly MAfee IntruShiel ] M-8000 Sensor in

More information

MAIN PARTS

MAIN PARTS MAIN PARTS 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 17 4 5 6 01 02 03 04 05 12 23 34 45 56 13 24 35 46 57 14 25 36 47 58 15 16 26 27 37 38 48 49 59 60 06 07 08 09 10 17 18 28 29 39 40 50 51 61 62 19 30 41 52 63 20 21 31

More information

M280D M280D. From the movie

M280D M280D. From the movie M280D From the movie M280D Discover the magical world of advanced sewing and embroidery featuring Disney characters 125 built-in embroidery patterns, including 45 designs featuring Disney characters 181

More information

Operation Manual. Sewing Machine KNOWING YOUR SEWING MACHINE SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX

Operation Manual. Sewing Machine KNOWING YOUR SEWING MACHINE SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX Operation Manual Sewing Machine Product Code: 885-V58/V59/V68/V69 KNOWING YOUR SEWING MACHINE SEWING BASICS UTILITY STITCHES APPENDIX Be sure to read this document before using the machine. We recommend

More information

3000 ELECTRONIC STRINGING MACHINE OWNER S MANUAL

3000 ELECTRONIC STRINGING MACHINE OWNER S MANUAL 3000 ELETRONI STRINGING MHINE OWNER S MNUL OMPONENTS...2 SSEMLY INSTRUTIONS...3 MOUNTING THE FRME...4 STRING LMP OPERTION...4 ELETRONI TENSION HED...5 MINTENNE TIPS...6 WRRNTY...7 OMPONENTS The Prince

More information

Section 6.1 Law of Sines. Notes. Oblique Triangles - triangles that have no right angles. A c. A is acute. A is obtuse

Section 6.1 Law of Sines. Notes. Oblique Triangles - triangles that have no right angles. A c. A is acute. A is obtuse Setion 6.1 Lw of Sines Notes. Olique Tringles - tringles tht hve no right ngles h is ute h is otuse Lw of Sines - If is tringle with sides,, nd, then sin = sin = sin or sin = sin = sin The miguous se (SS)

More information

PORCH. Canopies and Accessories DECKING SYSTEMS. For more information. STOCKISTS For details of your nearest stockist for any product:

PORCH. Canopies and Accessories DECKING SYSTEMS. For more information. STOCKISTS For details of your nearest stockist for any product: DECKING SYSTEMS For more informtion STOCKISTS For etils of your nerest stokist for ny prout: 0 01 TECHNICAL HELPLINE For further help n vie: 0 1 INTERNET rihrurige.o.uk EMAIL info@rihrurige.o.uk Whittington

More information

Quantum L Built-in Stitch Patterns. Large Back-Lit LCD Screen with Brightness Control

Quantum L Built-in Stitch Patterns. Large Back-Lit LCD Screen with Brightness Control Quantum L-500 Feature 401 Built-in Stitch Patterns Fulfill your creative dreams with a large selection stitches including basic, decorative and stretch stitches for clothing construction, quilting, home

More information

Versatile sewing and embroidery machine

Versatile sewing and embroidery machine Versatile sewing and embroidery machine Create high quality embroidery designs and sewing projects quickly and easily. 260mm x160mm embroidery area 72 built-in embroidery designs and 8 fonts Large sewing

More information

Versatile sewing and embroidery machine

Versatile sewing and embroidery machine Versatile sewing and embroidery machine Create high quality embroidery designs and sewing projects quickly and easily. 260mm x160mm embroidery area 72 built-in embroidery designs and 8 fonts Large sewing

More information

The Math Learning Center PO Box 12929, Salem, Oregon Math Learning Center

The Math Learning Center PO Box 12929, Salem, Oregon Math Learning Center Resource Overview Quntile Mesure: Skill or Concept: 300Q Model the concept of ddition for sums to 10. (QT N 36) Model the concept of sutrction using numers less thn or equl to 10. (QT N 37) Write ddition

More information

After opening the box, check that the following accessories are enclosed. If any item is missing or damaged, contact your retailer.

After opening the box, check that the following accessories are enclosed. If any item is missing or damaged, contact your retailer. Enclosed Accessories After opening the box, check that the following accessories are enclosed. If any item is missing or damaged, contact your retailer. Accessories te (For U.S.A. only) Foot controller:

More information

by Kathy Brown of The Teacher s Pet

by Kathy Brown of The Teacher s Pet y Kthy Brown of The Teher s Pet Designs y Kthy Brown Pieing y Kthy Brown & Lin Ree Mhine quilte y Crol Hilton www.reroosterfris.om Quilte size: pproximtely 40" x 50" Fris from the Sprinkles (Style #4527)

More information

Aluminium Roof Outlets - Introduction to Detail Outlets

Aluminium Roof Outlets - Introduction to Detail Outlets Aluminium Roof Outlets - Introution to Detil Outlets The Hrmer Roof Detil rnge inlues outlets to over ll the wkwr etiling situtions tht our in uiling esign n in refurishment. Min Chrteristis Hrmer Roof

More information